GIFT OF 
 
u. 
 
 Tj PI 
 
 <D -H 
 
 +=> *. 
 
 ctf co ;> 
 
 <D 
 
 2 2 to 
 
 3 c*.g 
 
 -H CO O 1 ) 
 
 rH -H ^> 
 
 -H - <D -H 
 
 Cl5 tC 
 
 -H <D ^0 
 
 a ^ a 
 
 O -H 
 
 P > d *rt 
 
 <D 
 
 CJ 
 
 , - 
 tO C? <1> 
 
 Ctf -H CO *- 
 
 o S cd <D 
 
 rH O (D 4^> 
 IP* C rH H 
 
 P^ Cd 
 
 CJ O (D % 
 
 M >^ r 5 
 
 CD 
 
 <D 
 *rA 
 
 "~2 O 
 
 ^ <D 
 
 H 
 
 -H C3 
 
 C^5 r^H <D 
 
GALAXY OF 
 
 COMING EVENTS 
 
 MEANING AND OUTCOME 
 OF THIS 
 
 EUROPEAN WAR 
 
 TERMINATING IN A 
 
 WORLD CONFEDERATION 
 
 ACCORDING TO PROPHECY 
 
 THE BOOK OF REVELATION AS i SEE IT 
 
 BY 
 
 REV. WILLIAM FRANCIS MANLEY 
 
 A SERVANT OF THE 
 
 LORD JESUS CHRIST 
 
 W. F. MANLEY, Publisher 
 
 1616 New Jersey St. 
 
 Los Angeles, California 
 
 U. S. A. 
 
Copyright 1918 
 
 William Francis Manley 
 
 Los Angeles, California 
 
 U. S. A. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 PREFACE 7 
 
 MEANING AND OUTCOME OF THIS 
 
 EUROPEAN WAR 11 
 
 MR. TAFT WANTS NEW ALLIANCE POLICY . 27 
 
 THREE YEARS OF WAR 31 
 
 THE REVELATION OF JESUS CHRIST ... 33 
 
 JOHN, To THE SEVEN CHURCHES ... 36 
 
 THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN 46 
 
 KEY TO THE BOOK OF REVELATION ... 52 
 
 THE BOOK OF REVELATION 54 
 
 THE SIGNS OF His COMING 59 
 
 JOHN CAUGHT UP INTO HEAVEN ... 71 
 
 A BOOK WITH SEVEN SEALS 81 
 
 OPENING THE SEVEN SEALS 89 
 
 THIS EUROPEAN WAR 98 
 
 THE ANTI-CHRIST 101 
 
 OPENING THE FIFTH SEAL 105 
 
 OPENING THE SIXTH SEAL 109 
 
 SEALING THE 144,000 114 
 
 OPENING THE SEVENTH SEAL . . . . 119 
 
 THE SEVEN TRUMPETS 121 
 
 OPENED THE BOTTOMLESS PIT . . . . 124 
 
 976105 
 
THE LAST WAR 128 
 
 THE SEVEN THUNDERS 132 
 
 THE Two WITNESSES 135 
 
 CHRIST TAKES THE KINGDOM . . . . 142 
 
 THE WOMAN CLOTHED WITH THE SUN . 145 
 
 THE MAN CHILD . 150 
 
 THE SEVEN-HEADED BEAST 158 
 
 THE ECCLESIASTICAL BEAST . . . . 164 
 
 ANGELS PREACHING 168 
 
 THE FALSE PROPHET 172 
 
 THE DESTRUCTION OF THE WICKED . . 177 
 
 SEVEN LAST PLAGUES 179 
 
 THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST . . . . 189 
 
 THE MARRIAGE OF THE LAMB .... 209 
 
 BINDING SATAN 216 
 
 THE GREAT WHITE THRONE . . . . 223 
 
 THE NEW EARTH 229 
 
 THE HOLY CITY 240 
 
 THE LITTLE HORN 247 
 
 THE STAR OF BETHLEHEM 256 
 
 THE EARTH LYING IN RUINS .... 259 
 
 ISRAEL TO BECOME A NATION 253 
 
PREFACE 
 
 We have written this book under a deep 
 sense of the seriousness, the awful consequences 
 of changing anything in the Book of Revela- 
 tion, and have waited on God continually for 
 guidance in every word written that we may 
 change nothing; but only to cause the reader 
 to see what God has said therein, in connection 
 with other scriptures on the same subject, thus 
 showing an agreement, and not a difference. 
 
 We believe God has directed both mind and 
 pen as we have been writing, and we have writ- 
 ten this book, hoping to correct many incorrect 
 things that have been said and written concern- 
 ing the Book of Revelation. 
 
 For more than forty years, while preaching 
 the gospel, we have read and rejected much 
 that has been written on the Book of Revela- 
 tion, because it did not agree with the Book 
 itself. 
 
 For ten or more years we have at times con- 
 templated writing thereon, but feared to do so. 
 Four years ago we wrote on the first five chap- 
 ters and was checked from proceeding farther. 
 In August of 1917 it became very clear that we 
 
should finish the book, and send it out, as the 
 time had come to give it to the world. We have 
 continually, day and night, prayed to God that 
 He would so control body, soul and spirit that 
 not one statement should be made that was not 
 correct and pleasing to Him. And now that 
 it is written, we are saying to God, "If any state- 
 ment we have written is displeasing to Thee, 
 make it known, and the manuscript shall go 
 into the fire." 
 
 If I have changed a word in this Book of 
 Revelation, I did not mean to do so, and now 
 ask God to forgive me. 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
NOTICE TO ALL THE RULERS 
 OF THE EARTH 
 
 On the 30th day of September, 1914, sixty 
 days after the present war was declared, we 
 mailed a printed copy of the following Notice 
 of coming events, and the real meaning of this 
 European war, to each and every one of the 
 European Rulers; and to the President of the 
 United States; and also sent copies to the Secre- 
 tary of State, and Secretary of War, of the 
 United States, together with a type-written note 
 to each and all of them, calling their careful 
 attention to the article. In October, 1914, we 
 received the following notes : 
 
 BUCKINGHAM PALACE, ENGLAND. 
 
 The Private Secretary is commanded 
 by the King to acknowledge the receipt 
 of Mr. William Manley's letter of the 
 30th ult. 
 
 19th October, 1914. 
 
 9 
 
DEPARTMENT OF STATE, 
 (SEAL) WASHINGTON 
 
 Mr. William Francis Manley, 
 \\\y 2 Winston Street, 
 
 Los Angeles, California. 
 DEAR MR. MANLEY: 
 
 For Mr. Bryan I beg to acknowledge 
 the receipt of your letter of September 30, 
 with which you were so good as to send 
 him a copy of an article with reference 
 to the European war. 
 
 Very truly yours, 
 
 M ANTON M. WYVELL, 
 
 Private Secretary. 
 
 During the first week in October, 1914, we 
 mailed a copy of this same Article to every 
 other Ruler we knew of on Earth. 
 
 10 
 
THE MEANING AND OUTCOME 
 OF THIS EUROPEAN WAR 
 
 It is not the "last war." Neither does it 
 presage the u end of the world." 
 
 Human beings will live upon this earth for 
 a thousand years after the first resurrection has 
 taken place. Rev. 20:1-5, R. V. 
 
 And I saw an angel coming down out 
 of heaven, having the key of the abyss 
 and a great chain in his hand. And he 
 laid hold on the dragon, the old serpent, 
 which is the Devil and Satan, and bound 
 him for a thousand years, and cas~t him 
 into the abyss, and shut it, and sealed it 
 over him, that he should deceive the na- 
 tions no more, until the thousand years 
 should be finished: after this he must be 
 loosed for a little time. 
 
 And I saw thrones, and they sat upon 
 them, and judgment was given unto them : 
 and I saw the souls of them that had 
 been beheaded for the testimony of Jesus, 
 and for the word of God, and such as wor- 
 shipped not the beast, neither his image, 
 and received not the mark upon their fore- 
 
iJ GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 head and upon their hand; and they lived, 
 and reigned with Christ a thousand years. 
 The rest of the dead lived not until the 
 thousand years should be finished. This 
 is the first resurrection. 
 
 The first resurrection has not taken place 
 yet. So we are at least one thousand years this 
 side of the end of the world. 
 
 A war in which two hundred millions of men 
 will go forth from Asia (beyond the Euphra- 
 tes) to kill the third part of men, will follow 
 this present European war. Rev. 9:14-18, 
 R. V. 
 
 One saying to the sixth angel that had 
 the trumpet. Loose the four angels that 
 are bound at the great river Euphrates. 
 And the four angels were loosed, that 
 had been prepared for the hour and day 
 and month and year, that they should kill 
 the third part of men. And the number 
 of the armies of the horsemen was twice 
 ten thousand times ten thousand: I heard 
 the number of them. And thus I saw the 
 horses in the vision, and them that sat on 
 them, having breastplates as of fire and 
 of hyacinth and of brimstone: and the 
 heads of the horses are as the heads of 
 lions; and out of their mouths proceedeth 
 fire and smoke and brimstone. By these 
 three plagues was the third part of men 
 
OUTCOME OF THIS WAR 13 
 
 killed, by the fire and the smoke and the 
 brimstone, which proceeded out of their 
 mouths. 
 
 This will probably come soon after its close, 
 or it may be but a continuation of this war. 
 
 Then the great Armageddon Battle of God 
 Almighty, closing up and putting an end to all 
 human strife on the battlefield. When the 
 Lord shall go forth on a white horse, followed 
 by the armies in heaven upon white horses, to 
 smite the nations and rule them with a rod of 
 iron. Rev. 19:11-21, R. V. 
 
 And I saw the heaven opened; and 
 behold, a white horse, and he that sat 
 thereon called Faithful and True; and in 
 righteousness he doth judge and make war. 
 And his eyes are a flame of fire, and upon 
 his head are many diadems; and he hath 
 a name written which no one knoweth 
 but he himself. And he is arrayed in a 
 garment sprinkled with blood: and his 
 name is called The Word of God. And 
 the armies which are in heaven followed 
 him upon white horses, clothed in fine 
 linen, white and pure. And out of his 
 mouth proceedeth a sharp sword, that 
 with it he should smite the nations : and he 
 shall rule them with a rod of iron: and 
 he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness 
 of the wrath of God, the Almighty. And 
 
14 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 he hath on his garment and on his thigh 
 a name written, King of Kings, and Lord 
 of Lords. 
 
 And I saw an angel standing in the sun ; 
 and he cried with a loud voice, saying to 
 all the birds that fly in mid-heaven, Come 
 and be gathered together unto the great 
 supper of God; that ye may eat the flesh 
 of kings, and the flesh of captains, and 
 the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of 
 horses and of them that sit thereon, and 
 the fle$h of all men, both free and bond, 
 and small and great. 
 
 And I saw the beast, and the Kings of 
 the earth, and their armies gathered to- 
 gether to make war against him that sat 
 upon the horse, and against his army. And 
 the beast was taken, and with him the false 
 prophet that wrought the signs in his sight, 
 wherewith he deceived them that had re- 
 ceived the mark of the beast and them 
 that worshipped his image : they two were 
 cast alive into the lake of fire that burneth 
 with brimstone: and the rest were killed 
 with the sword of him that sat upon the 
 horse, even the sword which came forth 
 out of his mouth; and all the birds were 
 filled with their flesh. 
 
 Then all weapons of war will be made into 
 plows and pruning hooks, and farm implements; 
 
OUTCOME OF THIS WAR 15 
 
 and men will learn war no more. For the 
 Lord Jesus Christ will reign supreme on earth 
 for a thousand years. Rev. 20 :4-6. 
 
 The present European war, the greatest 
 known in all history, is the beginning of the 
 end of all human governments ; and is clearly 
 foretold in the Scriptures. 
 
 The Antichrist 
 
 It is the Anti-Christ war, in which he, the 
 Anti-Christ, has gone forth to conquer the whole 
 world. 
 
 Now we beseech you, brethren, touch- 
 ing the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
 and our gathering together unto Him: to 
 the end that ye be not quickly shaken 
 from your mind, nor yet be troubled, 
 either by spirit, or by word, or by epistle 
 as from us, as that the day of the Lord is 
 now present; let no man beguile you in 
 any wise: for it will not be, except the 
 falling away come first, and the man of 
 sin be revealed, the son of perdition, he 
 that opposeth and exalteth himself against 
 all that is called God or that is wor- 
 shipped; so that he sitteth in the temple 
 of God, setting himself forth as God. Re- 
 member ye not, that, when I was yet with 
 you, I told you these things? And now 
 ye know that which restraineth, to the 
 end that he may be revealed in his own 
 
16 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 season. For the mystery of lawlessness 
 doth already work: only there is one that 
 restraineth now, until he be taken out of 
 the way. And then shall be revealed the 
 lawless one, whom the Lord Jesus shall 
 slay with the breath of His mouth, and 
 bring to naught by the manifestation of 
 His coming; even he, whose coming is 
 according to the working of Satan with all 
 power and signs and lying wonders, and 
 with all deceit of unrighteousness for 
 them that perish; because they received 
 not the love of the truth, that they might 
 be saved. 2 Thess. 2:1-10, R. V. 
 
 The time has come for this man of sin or 
 Anti-Christ to be revealed; and to set up his 
 kingdom. The Anti-Christ could not come 
 forth while God restrained, or held him back; 
 and Christ will not return to the earth until 
 the Anti-Christ be revealed and does his work, 
 under the direct power of the Devil. 
 
 The restraining power of God has been re- 
 moved, and he, the Anti-Christ, has gone forth 
 on his white horse (Rev. 6:1-2) with the red 
 war horse immediately following him. Rev. 
 6:1-4, R. V. 
 
 And I saw when the Lamb opened one 
 of the seven seals, and I heard one of the 
 four living creatures saying as with a voice 
 of thunder, Come. And I saw, and be- 
 
OUTCOME OF THIS WAR 17 
 
 hold, a white horse, and he that sat thereon 
 had a bow; and there was given unto him 
 a crown; and he came forth conquering, 
 and to conquer. 
 
 And when he opened the second seal, 
 I heard the second living creature saying, 
 Come. And another horse came forth, a 
 red horse; and to him that sat thereon it 
 was given to take peace from the earth, 
 and that they should slay one another: 
 and there was given unto him a great 
 sword. 
 
 Here is the beginning of the Anti-Christ 
 war; and during this war one man will appear 
 as the great central leader; and he will not be 
 one of the King's Emperors, or Czar, but an- 
 other King receiving his crown and throne from 
 Satan. Rev. 13 :2. "And the dragon gave him 
 his power, and throne, and great authority." 
 He will be the great leader at the close of the 
 war, but not yet crowned. 
 
 And before him three of the nations enter- 
 ing this war will be annihilated, plucked up by 
 the roots. Dan. 7 :8. "I considered the horns, 
 and behold, there came up among them another 
 little horn, before whom there were three of 
 the first horns plucked up by the roots * * * 
 and of the ten horns that were in his head, and 
 of the other which came up, and before whom 
 three fell ; even of that horn that had eyes, and 
 a mouth that spake very great things, whose 
 
18 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 look was more stout than his fellows. * * * The 
 ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings [or 
 kingdoms] that shall arise after them; and he 
 shall be diverse from the first, and he shall sub- 
 due three kings [or kingdoms] and he shall 
 speak great words against the Most High, and 
 shall wear out the saints of the Most High, 
 and think to change times and laws; and they 
 shall be given into his hand until a time and 
 times, and the dividing of time." This is the 
 Anti-Christ 
 
 At the closing of the war, the Anti-Christ 
 will form a confederacy of ten kingdoms, with 
 ten crowned heads. 
 
 And this confederacy of all Europe, and per- 
 haps America, will conquer, and rule the whole 
 world for three years and a half. 
 
 It will also set up a State religion, and put 
 to death all persons who will not worship 
 its god. 
 
 And I saw a beast coming up out of 
 the sea, having ten horns and seven heads, 
 and on his horns ten diadems, and upon 
 his heads names of blasphemy. And the 
 beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, 
 and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and 
 his mouth as the mouth of a lion : and the 
 dragon gave him his power, and his throne, 
 and great authority. And I saw one of 
 his heads as though it had been smitten 
 unto death, and his deathstroke was 
 
OUTCOME OF THIS WAR 19 
 
 healed; and the whole earth wondered 
 after the beast; and they worshipped the 
 dragon, because he gave his authority unto 
 the beast; and they worshipped the beast, 
 saying, Who is like unto the beast? and 
 who is able to war with him? And there 
 was given to him a mouth speaking great 
 things and blasphemies; and there was 
 given to him authority to continue forty 
 and two months. And he opened his 
 mouth for blasphemies against God, to 
 blaspheme His name, and His tabernacle, 
 even them that dwell in the heaven. And 
 it was given unto him to make war with 
 the saints, and to overcome them: and 
 there was given to him authority over 
 every tribe and people and tongue and 
 nation. And all that dwell on the earth 
 shall worship him, every one whose name 
 hath not been written in the Book of Life 
 of the Lamb that hath been slain from the 
 foundation of the world. If any man 
 hath an ear, let him hear. If any man is 
 for captivity, into captivity he goeth: if 
 any man shall kill with the sword, with the 
 sword must he be killed. Here is the pa- 
 tience and the faith of the saints. Rev. 
 13:1-10, R.V. 
 
 This Anti-Christ kingdom or confederacy 
 will only continue for three years and six 
 
20 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 months, when the Lord Jesus will destroy it. 
 Rev. 19:19-21. u And I saw the beast [the 
 Anti-Christ] and the Kings of the Earth and 
 their armies, gather together to make war 
 against Him that sat on the horse, and against 
 His army. And the beast was taken, and with 
 him the false prophet that wrought miracles 
 before him, with which he deceived them that 
 had received the mark of the beast, and them 
 that worshipped his image. These both were 
 cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brim- 
 stone. And the remnant were slain with the 
 sword of 'Him that sat upon the horse, which 
 proceedeth out of His mouth, and all the fowls 
 were filled with their flesh. " 
 
 This is the ending of the Anti-Christ king- 
 dom, or World Confederacy, over which the 
 Man of Sin is to rule the whole Earth. And 
 then, the Lord Jesus Christ, having destroyed 
 the Anti-Christ and his followers, will raise up 
 a people who will serve God for a thousand 
 years. 
 
 Four Beasts 
 
 The Prophet Daniel saw in vision four great 
 beasts coming up from the sea. The fourth 
 beast was dreadful and terrible, and strong ex- 
 ceedingly; and it had great iron teeth; it de- 
 voured and break in pieces, and stamped the 
 residue with its feet; and it was diverse from 
 all the beasts that were before it; and it had 
 
OUTCOME OF THIS WAR 21 
 
 ten horns. And behold! there came up among 
 them another little horn before whom there 
 were three of the first horns plucked up by the 
 roots; and behold! in this horn were eyes like 
 the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great 
 things. 
 
 "I, Daniel, was grieved in my spirit in the 
 midst of my body, and the vision of my head 
 troubled me. I came near unto one of them 
 that stood by, and asked him the truth of all 
 this. So he told me, and made me know the 
 interpretation of the things/' Dan. 7:15-16. 
 These four beasts represented the Babylonian, 
 the Medo Persian, the Greek and the Roman 
 Empires. 
 
 Then Daniel desired to know the truth of 
 the fourth beast, and especially of the ten horns 
 of this fourth beast; and of the other little 
 horn, before whom three of the ten horns fell, 
 or were plucked up by the roots. And Daniel 
 was informed that "The fourth beast shall be 
 the fourth kingdom upon the earth, which shall 
 be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall tread 
 it down, and break it in pieces. And the ten 
 horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that 
 shall arise; and another king shall arise after 
 them ; and he shall be diverse from the first, and 
 he shall subdue three kings. And he shall speak 
 great words against the Most High, and shall 
 wear out the saints of the Most High, and think 
 to change times and laws; and they shall be 
 
22 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 given into his hand until a time, and times and 
 the dividing of times [three and a half years]. 
 Dan. 7:23-25. 
 
 The ten horns of this fourth Roman Beast, 
 monarchy, are the ten kingdoms that succeeded 
 the Roman Empire, or the present European 
 and Asiatic powers who hold the country for- 
 merly known as the Roman Empire. 
 
 The Little Horn, with man's eyes and man's 
 mouth, was not any one of the ten original 
 horns, but another horn, which came up after 
 them, and among them. This is the Anti-Christ 
 Kingdom which will come up and rule the whole 
 earth for a short time. And this Anti-Christ 
 rule will be the most cruel, blasphemous, dia- 
 bolical rule ever known on earth. 
 
 If this war is the Anti-Christ war, as the 
 writer firmly believes it is, there will be no peace 
 until the Anti-Christ, and the war, famine and 
 pestilence, and wild beasts of the earth, have 
 desolated one-fourth part of the earth, which 
 means three times the area of Europe. 
 
 And when he opened the third seal, I 
 heard the third living creature saying, 
 Come. And I saw, and behold a black 
 horse; and he that sat thereon had a bal- 
 ance in his hand. And I heard as it were 
 a voice in the midst of the four living 
 creatures saying. A measure of wheat for 
 a penny, and three measures of barley 
 
OUTCOME OF THIS WAR 23 
 
 for a penny; and the oil and the wine 
 hurt thou not. 
 
 And when he opened the fourth seal, 
 I heard the voice of the fourth living 
 creature saying, Come. And I saw and 
 behold, a pale horse; and he that sat upon 
 him, his name was Death; and Hades 
 followed with him. And there was given 
 unto them authority over the fourth part 
 of the earth to kill with sword and famine, 
 and with death, and by the wild beasts 
 of the earth. Rev. 6:5-8, R. V. 
 
 This war will spread over all Europe, and 
 part of Asia; and probably America; over one- 
 fourth part of the Earth. 
 
 And famine, with all its horrors, will de- 
 stroy millions of people. 
 
 Then pestilence will follow, taking millions 
 more. 
 
 And until three of the contending nations 
 are destroyed. 
 
 Then the Anti-Christ will form a confederacy 
 of ten kingdoms, so shattered and weak that 
 they will have no hope of ever regaining their 
 places as independent kingdoms. 
 
 The Apostle Paul in referring to this Anti- 
 Christ war said: "For when they shall say 
 Peace and safety; then sudden destruction com- 
 eth upon them, as travail upon a woman with 
 child, and they shall not escape.'* I Thess. 5 :3. 
 
24 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 All the outcry for peace will be of no avail. 
 Men who will not serve God, are now turned 
 over to the Devil, whom they have served. And 
 awful destruction, at the hands of the Devil 
 and his servant, the Anti-Christ, awaits them. 
 
 If this is the Anti-Christ war, three nations 
 will fall to rise no more ; and famine and pesti- 
 lence will soon break out wherever the war 
 spreads. And the wild beasts will break forth 
 and devour helpless women and children. 
 
 We are rapidly going down into the great 
 tribulation. If this is the Anti-Christ war of 
 Rev. 6:l-#, the Anti-Christ will first be so re- 
 vealed that true Christians will know him as 
 the Anti-Christ. He must be revealed before 
 our Lord's return to gather His saints unto 
 Himself. II Thess. 2 :3-4. 
 
 An Earthquake 
 
 Then a great earthquake will come, that will 
 move every mountain and island out of their 
 places, and the sun will become black as sack- 
 cloth of hair, and the moon will become as 
 blood, and the stars of heaven will fall to the 
 earth. Rev. 6:12-13. 
 
 These are given as signs of the immediate 
 coming of the Lord Jesus. Matt. 24 :29-5 1 and 
 Mark 13 :24-37, and Luke 21 :25-36. 
 
 This will be a world earthquake, followed by 
 darkness, that may be felt, while the stars will 
 come down through the darkness, as streaks of 
 
OUTCOME OF THIS WAR 25 
 
 light; the moon appearing as a great blood spot 
 in the heavens. And the sea and waves will 
 roar, perhaps as they never did before. And 
 men's hearts will fail them for fear. 
 
 At the coming of our Lord He will raise 
 the bodies of all the saints who have lived upon 
 the earth; and immediately following that res- 
 urrection, all persons living on earth, who are 
 fit for heaven, ready to meet their Lord and be 
 immediately transferred to the heavenly king- 
 dom, will be changed. u ln a moment, in the 
 twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet; for 
 the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be 
 raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed." 
 I Cor. 15:52. 
 
 This resurrection will come during the Anti- 
 Christ war, leaving all the foolish virgins, back- 
 slidden Christians, to go through this great 
 tribulation, or rather to die in it, for I find only 
 144,000 who will go through it. 
 
 After the Anti-Christ is seated on the DeviPs 
 throne, Rev. 13:2, "And the dragon gave him 
 [the Anti-Christ] his power and his throne, and 
 great authority." The Anti-Christ will make 
 war with the saints, the foolish virgins, back- 
 slidden Christians, who, finding that the resur- 
 rection has taken place, and the wise virgins 
 have been taken up to God, have repented, and 
 amidst war, famine and pestilence, and perse- 
 cution most terrific, have wept their way back 
 to God. And they will refuse to worship the 
 
26 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 Anti-Christ. But the Anti-Christ will over- 
 come them. Rev. 13:7. 
 
 All the above saints, who will not receive 
 the mark of the beast upon their foreheads and 
 upon their hand, and will not worship the beast 
 nor his image, will be beheaded. Rev. 20 :4. 
 
 If this is the Anti-Christ war, "This genera- 
 tion shall not pass, till all these things be ful- 
 filled." Matt. 24:34. 
 
 And none of the wicked shall understand; but 
 the wise shall understand. Dan. 12:10. 
 
 "Therefore, be ye also ready; for in such an 
 hour as ye think not the Son of Man cometh." 
 Matt. 24:44. 
 
MR. TAFT WANTS A NEW 
 ALLIANCE POLICY 
 
 On the 14th day of June, 1915, the fol- 
 lowing notice was printed in many of the lead- 
 ing dailies in the United States : 
 
 NEW YORK, June 14. William H. 
 Taft is expected to formally advocate a 
 departure by the United States from the 
 Washingtonian policy of no entangling al- 
 liances with foreign nations when he ad- 
 dresses the League of Peace conference 
 in Philadelphia this week. The national 
 provisional committee of 113 announced 
 the program for the conference today, as 
 follows : 
 
 Former President Taft will announce 
 his plan for an alliance with all the great 
 powers with a view to enforcing peace, at 
 a dinner at the Belleview-Stratford Hotel 
 Wednesday evening. Other speakers will 
 be Hamilton Holt, editor of the Independ- 
 ent; Judge George Gray of Delaware, and 
 Oscar S. Straus, former ambassador to 
 Turkey. 
 
 The conference proper opens Thursday 
 morning, the anniversary of the battle of 
 
28 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 Bunker Hill, in Independence Hall. Ad- 
 dresses will be made by Theodore Mar- 
 burg, formerly minister to Belgium; Dr. 
 John Grier Hibben, president of Prince- 
 ton; James M. Beck and Edward Filene, 
 representing the United States Chamber 
 of Commerce. 
 
 Judge Taft will preside at the confer- 
 ence. The proposals he will suggest for 
 consideration include an international court 
 to try all justiciable questions; a council 
 of conciliation for the consideration of non 
 justiciable questions; the use of joint mili- 
 tary forces against a signatory beginning 
 hostilities contrary to the terms of the 
 alliance; and the formulation and adop- 
 tion of a code of international law. 
 
 We immediately wrote him the following 
 letter : 
 
 Los ANGELES, CAL., June 15, 1915. 
 Hon. William H. Taft, 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 DEAR SIR : 
 
 Permit me to call your attention to the 
 enclosed copy of an article I published last 
 September, and mailed a copy to each of 
 the rulers of the several European Na- 
 tions, on the 30th day of September, 1914; 
 and also to the President of the United 
 
NEW ALLIANCE POLICY 29 
 
 States, and to Secretary Bryan, and to Sec- 
 retary Daniels. 
 
 In your speech before the Peace League 
 you will pave the way for the formation 
 of the Anti-Christ Confederacy; and ad- 
 vise the United States to lead in its forma- 
 tion. This plan will surely be carried out. 
 
 I note the many persons who are now 
 advocating such a Confederacy; but when 
 it is formed, and all cry "Peace and Safety, 
 then sudden destruction shall come upon 
 them, as travail upon a woman with child, 
 and they shall not escape." I Thess. 5 :3. 
 
 Respectfully, 
 
 WILLIAM F. MANLEY 
 
GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 THREE YEARS OF WAR 
 
 HE "Great Sword" in the hand of the 
 man on the "Red horse," Revelation 
 6:4, has been wielded with might, 
 both day and night for the last three 
 years. Peace is really taken from the 
 earth. All Nations not in this war are prepar- 
 ing to defend themselves against the aggressor. 
 The war will now spread over one-fourth 
 part of the earth. One-fourth part of the earth 
 implies all of Europe, and two other countries 
 as large as all of Europe. But it is sure to come, 
 and terrible will be the consequences. 
 
 Famine 
 
 Famine is to follow the war and in conjunc- 
 tion with it, to kill people with hunger, over 
 one-fourth part of the earth. Rev. 6 :5-6. This 
 famine is now on, and will increase and intensify 
 as a mighty factor in the destruction of human 
 beings until the end of the war. One year from 
 this time we will begin to know what real famine 
 means. 
 
 Men will not serve God; will not worship 
 Him in spirit and in truth. They mouth over 
 
32 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 words before Him, but their hearts are far 
 from Him. God has now arisen "to shake the 
 heavens and the earth and the sea and all na- 
 tions." Hag. 2:6-7. "To shake terribly the 
 earth." Isa. 2:10-21. 
 
 During this famine, terrible plagues and pes- 
 tilence will break out, and millions will die all 
 over the one-fourth part of the earth, where 
 the war goes on and the famine rages. Then 
 the beasts of the earth, starving and probably 
 suffering with the same plagues, perhaps hydro- 
 phobia seizing them, will turn on men, women 
 and children and destroy them. Rev. 6 :8. 
 
 There are dreadful days just before us. 
 "Pray always that ye may be accounted worthy 
 to escape all these things that shall come to pass, 
 and to stand before the Son of Man." Luke 
 21:36. 
 
THE REVELATION OF JESUS CHRIST 
 
 HE Revelation of Jesus Christ, which 
 God gave unto Him, to shew unto His 
 servants things which must shortly 
 come to pass; and He sent and signified 
 it by His angel unto His servant John, 
 who bare record of the word of God, and of 
 the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things 
 that he saw." Rev. 1:1-2. 
 
 The Revelation, not of John, but of Jesus 
 Christ, of facts which God gave to Him, that 
 He might shew them unto His servants ; things, 
 not whims, but things which must shortly come 
 to pass. This is a revelation, not a mystifica- 
 tion, not a riddle, not a hidden secret. 
 
 Jesus Christ reveals all the following won- 
 derful things, which only God knew, until He 
 gave them to Jesus Christ to be revealed to 
 the holy apostle John, by an angel of God. 
 
 John in turn bears witness of the word of 
 God; and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, of 
 all things that he saw. 
 
 This, then, is a true revealing of things 
 which must shortly come to pass. Our Lord 
 does not present a mysterious riddle to His ser- 
 vants, and have them guess what it all means. 
 
34 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 Blessed is he that readeth, and they 
 that hear the words of this prophecy, and 
 keep those things which are written 
 therein; for the time is at hand. Rev. 1 :3. 
 
 There is a blessing pronounced upon each per- 
 son who reads, and upon each person who hears 
 read, the words of the prophecy of this book; 
 and keeps the things that are written therein. 
 
 If this book is a series of mysteries, of dark 
 sayings, of hidden things which no man can 
 understand, why should God pronounce a bless- 
 ing on the man or woman who reads, or hears 
 read, the words of this prophecy; and how 
 could one keep the things that are written 
 therein, if they cannot be understood? 
 
 Our Lord reveals facts, things that will come 
 to pass; every one of them. And He wants 
 us to read what He has given. To believe Him 
 and obey Him, not changing or attempting to 
 change, either by adding to, or taking from, 
 the words of this prophecy. 
 
 It is a serious matter to tamper with the 
 words of the prophecy of this book. Hear what 
 God says : 
 
 I testify unto every man that heareth 
 the words of the prophecy of this book, 
 If any man shall add unto them, God 
 shall add unto him the plagues which are 
 written in this book: and if any man shall 
 take away from the words of the book 
 
REVELATION OF JESUS CHRIST 35 
 
 of this prophecy, God shall take away his 
 part from the tree of life, and out of the 
 Holy City, which are written in this book. 
 Rev. 22:18-19, R. V. 
 
JOHN, TO THE SEVEN CHURCHES 
 
 OHN, to the seven churches which are in 
 Asia : Grace be unto you, and peace from 
 Him which is, and which was, and which 
 is to come; and from the seven Spirits 
 which are before His throne; and from 
 Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, 
 and the first begotten of the dead, and the 
 Prince of the Kings of the Earth. Unto 
 Him that loved us, and washed us from 
 our sins in His own blood, and hath made 
 us kings and priests unto God and His 
 Father; to Him be glory and dominion 
 forever and ever. Amen. Rev. 1 :4-6. 
 
 Grace be unto you, and peace, from Him 
 which is, and which was, and which is to come. 
 "From the Almighty God; and from the seven 
 Spirits that are before His throne, and from 
 Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, the 
 first-born of the dead, and the ruler of the kings 
 of the earth." 
 
 Here our Lord Jesus is classed with the Al- 
 mighty, and the seven Spirits that are before the 
 throne of God. One with Deity, sends grace 
 and peace to the children of God in the seven 
 
JOHN, TO THE SEVEN CHURCHES 37 
 
 churches. The Lord Jesus Christ is the Ruler 
 of the kings of the earth. He is, "Lord of 
 Lords, and King of Kings." Rev. 17:14. He 
 is the first begotten of the dead and the faithful 
 witness. u Unto Him" (Jesus Christ) u that 
 loved us, and washed us from our sins in His 
 own blood, and hath made us kings and priests 
 unto God and His Father; to Him be glory 
 and dominion forever. Amen." 
 
 The bloodwashed from every nation, tribe 
 and tongue on earth are made a kingdom ; God's 
 Kingdom. All priests unto God. 
 
 Behold, He cometh with clouds; and 
 every eye shall see him, and they also which 
 pierced him; and all kindreds of the earth 
 shall wail because of Him. Even so, 
 Amen. Rev. 1:7. 
 
 He cometh with the clouds. When the Lord 
 Jesus ascended to heaven, a cloud received Him 
 out of their sight; and two angels said to His 
 disciples, u This same Jesus, which is taken up 
 from you into heaven, shall so come in like 
 manner as ye have seen Him go into heaven." 
 Acts 1:11. He will make His first appearance 
 in the clouds, as He was last seen in the clouds. 
 There will be a literal re-appearing of the Lord 
 Jesus. "And every eye shall see Him, and they 
 that pierced Him, and all the tribes of the earth 
 shall mourn over him. Even so. Amen." 
 
 This probably refers to the final closing 
 
38 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 scene told by our Lord, and recorded in Matt. 
 25:31-32, when "He shall sit upon the throne 
 of His glory and before Him shall be gath- 
 ered all nations ; and he shall separate them one 
 from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep 
 from the goats. " The soldier who thrust the 
 spear into His side; and all the haters of God, 
 and our Lord, will be there, and shall lament, 
 smite their breasts and mourn because of Him, 
 when they see Him on the throne, Lord of Lords 
 and King of Kings. 
 
 "Even ao, Amen." This implies that as they 
 mourn over Him, or because of Him, God will 
 say Amen to their mourning. 
 
 "I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and 
 the ending, saith the Lord, which is, and which 
 was, and which is to come, the Almighty." 
 Rev. 1 :8. 
 
 This Revelation comes not from man, but 
 from the Almighty, who is now ruling in heaven 
 and among men, who was before men were on 
 this earth, and who is to come forth and show 
 His authority and power, closing the scene 
 of man's misrule and sin. 
 
 John, who also am your brother and 
 companion in tribulation, and in the king- 
 dom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in 
 the isle that is called Patmos, for the word 
 of God, and for the testimony of Jesus 
 Christ. Rev. 1:9. 
 
JOHN, TO THE SEVEN CHURCHES 39 
 
 The Apostle John declares himself to be our 
 brother. A brother to all who are born of 
 God, and are partakers of the Divine nature. 
 He also is a partaker with all the saints, in the 
 tribulation that comes to all who live godly in 
 Christ Jesus. He also declares himself one 
 with all who make up the Kingdom of priests 
 heretofore referred to. And patience in Jesus 
 Christ, referring to the completed work of Jesus 
 Christ in our hearts, making us as a weaned 
 child, gentle as Jesus. 
 
 He was in the isle that is called Patmos. Ban- 
 ished to this island because of his devotion to 
 Christ, and faithfulness to the word of God. 
 Testifying to the power of Christ to save from 
 sin. 
 
 I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day, 
 and heard behind me a great voice, as of 
 a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, 
 the first and the last; and, What thou seest, 
 write in a book, and send it unto the seven 
 church which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, 
 and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and 
 unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto 
 Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea. Rev. 
 1:10-11. 
 
 He was in the Spirit on the Lord's day. Not 
 in his spirit; and not in a spirit; but in The 
 Spirit, the Holy Spirit. Many evil spirits have 
 
40 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 gone out into the world, seducing spirits. We 
 are warned against all of those. 
 
 John, being in the Spirit, saw what mortal 
 man could not see, unless he is in the Spirit. 
 John was carried away in the Spirit into a wil- 
 derness, and saw a woman sitting upon a scarlet 
 colored beast, that had not yet come into exist- 
 ence. Rev. 17:3. 
 
 Paul was carried away in the Spirit, into 
 Paradise, and heard things unlawful to be ut- 
 tered. IT Cor. 12:4. 
 
 John was carried away in the Spirit on the 
 Lord's day. This was the day of the week on 
 which the Lord was raised from the dead. 
 This is pre-eminently the Lord's day. And he 
 heard behind him a great voice, as of a trumpet 
 speaking. This was the voice of the glorified 
 Christ, who then appeared to John to give 
 him this Revelation, saying, "I am Alpha and 
 Omega, the first and the last, and, What thou 
 seest, write in a book (that it may be pre- 
 served), and send it unto the seven churches 
 which are in Asia." This Book of Revelation 
 to be sent to each church. 
 
 And I turned to see the voice that spake 
 with me. And being turned I saw seven 
 golden candlesticks; and in the midst of 
 the seven candlesticks one like unto the 
 Son of Man, clothed with a garment down 
 to the foot, and girt about the paps with 
 a golden girdle. Rev. 1 :12-13. 
 
JOHN, TO THE SEVEN CHURCHES 41 
 
 And John turned to see the person speaking 
 to him; and he saw seven golden candlesticks. 
 Only candlesticks. Not lamps, lights, or flam- 
 ing torches. These candlesticks represented the 
 seven churches. "The seven candlesticks are 
 the seven churches." Rev. 1 :20. These candle- 
 sticks are golden. Gold in the Scriptures stands 
 for purity and great value. And in the midst 
 of the candlesticks is one like unto the Son of 
 Man. This one is Christ, standing or walking 
 in the midst of His people, in each assembly 
 of believers, as "Head over all things to the 
 church," (Eph. 1:22) clothed with a garment 
 down to the foot and girt about with a golden 
 girdle. The priestly robes and girdle. Jesus 
 Christ is our High Priest. 
 
 His head and his hairs were white like 
 wool, as white as snow, and his eyes were 
 as a flame of fire; and his feet like unto 
 fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace; 
 and his voice as the sound of many waters. 
 Rev. 1:14-15. 
 
 Not His hair, only, but His head was white 
 as snow; and His eyes were as a flame of fire, 
 flashing with Divine majesty, and His feet like 
 unto burnished brass, as if it had been refined 
 in a furnace. Glorious in appearance. And His 
 voice as the sound of many waters. Majestic. 
 This is our glorious risen Lord. No more the 
 rejected and despised Galilean, the man of sor- 
 
42 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 rows, with no place to lay His head. He comes 
 forth the Mighty Conqueror, with the keys 
 of death and hell. 
 
 "And he had in his right hand seven stars: 
 and out of his mouth went a sharp two-edged 
 sword : and his countenance was as the sun shin- 
 eth in his strength. And when I saw him I fell 
 at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand 
 upon me, saying unto me, Fear not: I am the 
 first and the last: I am he that liveth, and was 
 dead; and, behold, I am alive for evermore, 
 Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death." 
 Rev. 1:16-18. 
 
 He had in his right hand seven stars. These 
 stars represent the Pastors of the seven 
 churches, or assemblies, upheld, directed and 
 protected by their risen and glorified Lord. 
 u The seven stars are the seven angels of the 
 seven churches." Rev. 1 :20. Not literal angels 
 of God, or spiritual beings, as we discover from 
 Rev. 2:1, 8, 12, 18, and Rev. 3:1, 7, 14. In 
 each of these seven commands, the Apostle 
 John was ordered to write to the angel of the 
 church. John could not write to an angel 
 proper, or to a spiritual or heavenly being; 
 but to the minister, or pastor over that particu- 
 lar church or assembly. The pastor in the hand 
 of his Lord, is here called an angel. 
 
 Out of His mouth proceeded a sharp, two- 
 edged sword; and His countenance was as the 
 sun shineth in his strength. What a wonder- 
 
JOHN, TO THE SEVEN CHURCHES 43 
 
 ful description of our glorified human, Divine, 
 risen Lord, as He appeared to John on Patmos. 
 He carries no weapon but the word of His 
 mouth. He speaks and it is done. His word 
 is sharper than a two-edged sword. 
 
 When John saw Him, he fell at his feet as 
 one dead. The presence of such glory; the 
 Majesty of His Divine person, was more than 
 the body of the sainted John could endure; and 
 so he fell as one dead. 
 
 u And He laid His right hand upon me, say- 
 ing, Fear not: I am the first and the last, and 
 the living one; and I was dead, and behold I 
 am alive forevermore, and have the keys of 
 death and hades." R. V. 
 
 John, strengthened by the divine touch of 
 his Lord, hears these soothing, wonderful 
 words. The Speaker is the first of all things 
 in the universe. All things were made by Him. 
 "He laid the foundation of the earth and the 
 heavens are the works of His hands." Heb. 
 1:10. "But made Himself of no reputation, 
 and took upon him the form of a servant, and 
 was made in the likeness of men; and being 
 found in fashion as a man, He humbled Him- 
 self, and became obedient unto death, even the 
 death of the cross." Phil. 2:7, 8. He was 
 dead, and, behold, He is not dead, but alive 
 forevermore, and has the keys and controls 
 both death and hell. And as the risen con- 
 
44 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 queror of Satan, death, and hell, He commands 
 John to write this Book of Revelation. 
 
 Write the things which thou hast seen, 
 and the things which are, and the things 
 which shall be hereafter: The mystery of 
 the seven stars which thou sawest in my 
 right hand, and the seven golden candle- 
 sticks. The seven stars are the angels 
 of the seven churches; and the seven 
 candlesticks which thou sawest are the 
 seven churches. Rev. 1 : 19-20. 
 
 Write, therefore. The things which have 
 been shown him, and the things which are now 
 before him; and all the things that shall be 
 shown unto him. The mystery of the seven 
 stars which thou sawest in my right hand, and 
 the seven golden candlesticks. Our Lord is re- 
 vealing hidden things to John, and because these 
 candlesticks, and the stars, are not to be taken 
 literally, He reveals their meaning, saying, The 
 seven stars are the angels of the seven churches; 
 and the seven candlesticks are the seven 
 churches. 
 
 An individual church or assembly is here 
 represented by a candlestick, which of itself has 
 no light and can give none, but is intended to 
 bear or hold a candle, lamp, or burning torch, 
 that will shed light on all around. God is light, 
 Christ is the light of the world, because He is 
 God. And without Him we are all darkness, 
 
JOHN, TO THE SEVEN CHURCHES 45 
 
 and can do nothing. We must have Christ and 
 God in us, as the candle is in the candlestick. 
 When, "Filled with all the fullness of God," 
 Eph. 3:19, we become the "Light of the world; 
 and the salt of the earth." Matt. 5 :13-14. 
 
THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN 
 
 ND in the days of these kings shall the 
 God of Heaven set up a kingdom, which 
 shall never be destroyed and the kingdom 
 shall not be left to other people, but it 
 shall break in pieces and consume all 
 these kingdoms, and it shall stand for- 
 even Forasmuch as thou sawest that the 
 stone was cut out of the mountain without 
 hands, and that it break in pieces the iron, 
 the brass, the clay, the silver, and the gold; 
 the great God hath made known to the 
 king what shall come to pass hereafter; 
 and the dream is certain, and the interpre- 
 tation thereof sure. Dan. 2:44-45. 
 
 Here God reveals to Nebuchadnezzar a se- 
 ries of consequences, after which the God of 
 Heaven will set up a kingdom that shall stand 
 forever. And this Kingdom of God will pul- 
 verize, and utterly destroy, all other kingdoms. 
 
 Why do the heathen rage, and the peo- 
 ple imagine a vain thing? The kings of 
 the earth set themselves, and the rulers 
 take counsel together, against the Lord, 
 and against His annointed, saying, Let 
 
THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN 47 
 
 us break their bands asunder, and cast 
 away their cords from us. He that sitteth 
 in the heavens shall laugh; the Lord shall 
 have them in derision. Then shall He 
 speak unto them in His wrath, and vex 
 them in his sore displeasure. Yet have I 
 set my king upon my holy hill of Zion. I 
 will declare the decree : the Lord hath said 
 unto me, Thou art my Son ; this day have 
 I begotten thee. Ask of me, and I shall 
 give thee the heathen for thine inheritance, 
 and the utmost parts of the earth for thy 
 possession. Thou shalt break them with 
 a rod of iron; thou shalt dash them in 
 pieces like a potter's vessel. Be wise now, 
 therefore, O ye kings: be instructed, ye 
 judges of the earth. Serve the Lord with 
 fear and rejoice with trembling. Kiss the 
 Son, lest He be angry, and ye perish from 
 the way, when His wrath is kindled but 
 a little. Blessed are all they that put their 
 trust in Him. Psa. 2. 
 
 The Son of God is to be the king and ruler 
 of the whole earth. God will set His Son upon 
 the throne of David, in Jerusalem, and He 
 shall break the kings and kingdoms of this 
 earth with a rod of iron; and dash them to 
 pieces like a potter's vessel. Man's rule shall 
 come to an end; and God shall rule forever, and 
 His kingdom shall fill the whole earth. These 
 
48 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 things are to come to pass in "The time of the 
 end." Dan. 12:9-13. 
 
 Of the increase of His government and 
 peace there shall be no end, upon the 
 throne of David, and upon His kingdom 
 [in Jerusalem, and over the twelve tribes 
 of Israel], to order it, and to establish 
 it, with judgment and with justice from 
 henceforth even forever. The zeal of 
 the Lord of Hosts will perform this. 
 Isa. 9:7. 
 
 And I will set up one shepherd over 
 them, and he shall feed them, even my 
 servant David; he shall feed them, and 
 he shall be their shepherd. And I, the 
 Lord, will be their God, and my servant 
 David a prince among them; I the Lord 
 have spoken it. Ezek. 34:23-24. 
 
 Isaiah and Ezekiel prophesied three hundred 
 years after the death of David. So this proph- 
 ecy could not refer to him; but it does refer 
 to David's son, who would sit on David's 
 throne in Jerusalem, and reign over all the 
 earth. 
 
 And He said unto them, How say they 
 that Christ is David's son? And David 
 himself saith in the Book of Psalms, The 
 Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my 
 right hand, till I make thine enemies thy 
 
THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN 49 
 
 footstool. David therefore calleth him 
 Lord, how is he then his son? Luke 
 20:41-44. 
 
 The Jews could not answer this question ; but 
 they knew that Jesus quoted the Scriptures cor- 
 rectly, that Christ is David's son. 
 
 In Rev. 22:16, Jesus Christ declares, "I, Je- 
 sus, have sent mine angel to testify unto you 
 these things in the churches ; I am the root and 
 the offspring of David." 
 
 He is the prince of the kings of the earth. 
 He is the true heir to every throne on earth. 
 And he will sit on David's throne in Jerusalem 
 and reign over all, for a thousand years. 
 
 I saw in the night visions, and, behold, 
 one like the Son of Man came with the 
 clouds of heaven, and came to the ancient 
 of days, and they brought Him near be- 
 fore Him. And there was given Him do- 
 minion, and glory, and a kingdom, that 
 all people, nations, and languages, should 
 serve Him: His dominion is an everlast- 
 ing dominion, which shall not pass away, 
 and His kingdom that which shall not 
 be destroyed. Dan. 7:13, 14. 
 
 Afterward shall the children of Israel 
 return and seek the Lord their God, and 
 David their king ; and shall fear the Lord 
 and His goodness in the latter days. Ho- 
 sea, 3 :5. 
 
50 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 All of this takes place in the latter days. 
 At the end of the "Times of the Gentiles." 
 Luke 21:24. When the Gentiles are cut off; 
 and a remnant of Israel is grafted into the true 
 olive tree. Jesus Christ is the central figure 
 throughout the Book of Revelation. We see 
 Him in Majestic glory in the first chapter. We 
 find Him overseeing the churches; commend- 
 ing the good, condemning the wrong, and di- 
 recting all, in the second and third chapters. 
 We see Him with all the resurrected saints in 
 heaven, in the seventh chapter; and opening 
 the last seal in the eighth chapter. And great 
 rejoicing in heaven because the kingdoms of 
 this world have become the kingdoms of our 
 Lord, and of His Christ, in the eleventh chap- 
 ter, fifteenth verse; and we find Him the cen- 
 tral figure in the tenth and eleventh verses of 
 the twelfth chapter. We find Him with the 
 first fruits of the resurrection, 144,000 in num- 
 ber, on Mount Sion, in the fourteenth chapter. 
 We find him in the sixteenth chapter, fifteenth 
 verse, saying, "Behold, I come as a thief. 
 Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his 
 garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his 
 shame." 
 
 We find the beast making war with the Lamb, 
 in the seventeenth chapter. And in the nine- 
 teenth chapter, the marriage of the Lamb takes 
 place and the Lord Jesus, with all the saints 
 and angels ride on white horses, going forth 
 
THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN 51 
 
 to make war; and to destroy the Anti-Christ 
 and his army. In the twentieth chapter, Satan 
 is chained and cast into the bottomless pit, and 
 Jesus Christ raises all persons who have ever 
 lived on this earth and have not been heretofore 
 resurrected; and, sitting on the great white 
 throne, He judges them. The return of Christ 
 to this earth is the subject under consideration 
 all through the book. Heaven, earth, and hell 
 are brought in as they relate to His coming. 
 Most of the scenes occur on earth; but the 
 things that occur, have their origin in heaven. 
 God speaks from the throne; and the earth 
 quakes. 
 
 
KEY TO THE BOOK OF REVELATION 
 
 HERE are seven seals to be opened, and 
 seven trumpets to be sounded, and seven 
 thunders to utter their voices, and seven 
 last plagues to be poured out. Each 
 coming in their proper order, as revealed 
 in this book. 
 
 This book being a panorama of things that 
 will surely occur, or come to pass, the reader 
 must continually keep in mind the things that 
 have already transpired; and the condition of 
 the world under which he is then studying. 
 
 There are seven seals to be opened, and at 
 the opening of each seal certain things occur, 
 entirely different from all other occurrences. 
 These occurrences come in the order given in 
 the Book of Revelation. The occurrences un- 
 der the opening of each seal cannot come until 
 that seal is opened. All the occurrences under 
 the opening of the seven seals will have taken 
 place before the first of the seven trumpets 
 will be sounded. And under the sounding of 
 the other trumpets, distinct and entirely differ- 
 ent things come to pass. 
 
 After the sounding of the sixth trumpet, 
 seven thunders utter their voices. Those thun- 
 
KEY TO BOOK OF REVELATION 53 
 
 ders will not come until six trumpets have been 
 sounded. And the seventh trumpet will not be 
 sounded until after the seven thunders have ut- 
 tered their voices. And all of these will have 
 come, and gone, before the first of the seven 
 last plagues is poured out, and each plague will 
 bring new scenes before us. 
 
 We find order in all the works of God, and 
 now that He is revealing to us the things which 
 must come to pass, we should not expect that 
 He would present them in a maze of confusion, 
 but in perfect order. Remember that God is 
 revealing facts, not fiction; so clearly stated, 
 that He will not suffer any change to be made 
 in them. 
 
THE BOOK OF REVELATION 
 
 HE Book of Revelation commences with 
 these words : u The Revelation of Jesus 
 Christ, which God gave Him, to show 
 unto His servants things which must 
 shortly come to pass." 
 A series of things which must come to pass 
 in connection with the coming, or revealing of 
 the Lord Jesus Christ. Mighty things shall 
 transpire. The Devil shall be cast out, and 
 imprisoned. The wicked shall be defeated. 
 The earth shall be cleansed. Christ shall be 
 vindicated. The sons of God shall be glori- 
 ously liberated, and glorified with Christ; and 
 the restoration of all earthly creatures and con- 
 ditions shall be complete; and God shall be 
 glorified in all. 
 
 The Revelation, or revealing of Jesus Christ 
 in His return to earth, giving the things that 
 must take place, in the order in which they 
 will take place, in connection with His return. 
 The book is a panorama of the things seen; 
 and a faithful statement of words and sounds 
 heard by the holy Apostle John. All concerning 
 Jesus Christ, and His return to earth to claim 
 His own, and to bring them into the resurrec- 
 tion life and spiritual realm in which God and 
 
THE BOOK OF REVELATION 55 
 
 angels are; making their material bodies spir- 
 itual bodies, with faculties and powers enabling 
 them to stand in the presence of God, seeing 
 His face,, and comprehending heavenly things, 
 and conditions as they are. In this spiritual 
 and heavenly condition, we shall reign with 
 Christ, on this restored earth, for a thousand 
 years. This is the Sabbath of the Lord. 
 
 The first declaration in this book after its 
 introduction is, "Behold He cometh with clouds 
 and every eye shall see Him; and all kindreds 
 of the earth shall wail because of Him, Even 
 so, Amen." And the concluding words of this 
 book, from the Lord Himself, are, u Surely, I 
 come quickly." 
 
 The things heard and seen, that are herein 
 recorded, were so correctly presented to John, 
 and clearly stated, that not one word may be 
 changed; and a great curse is pronounced 
 against any person who adds to, or takes from, 
 the words of the prophecy of this book. No 
 such warning is appended to any other book 
 in the Bible. We believe that great confusion 
 has come to God's children by taking from, 
 and adding to, the words of this prophecy. 
 
 Let us study this book very carefully, and 
 observe very closely what God says. 
 
 The Book of Revelation seems to be the last 
 book in the sacred volume given to the church. 
 This being a fact, we must study it in connec- 
 tion with what our Lord said about His re- 
 turn to this earth, recorded in John 14: 2, 3, 
 
56 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 and in connection with all other Scriptures on 
 this subject. 
 
 In my father's house are many man- 
 sions : if it were not so, I would have told 
 you. I go to prepare a place for you. 
 And if I go and prepare a place for you, 
 I will come again, and receive you unto 
 myself; that where I am, there ye may be 
 also. John 14: 2, 3. 
 
 The return of our Lord to take us to His 
 Father's Home is mentioned hundreds of times 
 in the Bible, and is the brightest star in all 
 our constellation. If the Book of Revelation 
 is really a revelation of things in connection 
 with His return to this earth, then we will find 
 the proof of that fact in this book. 
 
 The Lord Jesus gave the apostles a clear 
 statement of the signs of His coming back to 
 earth, in the twenty-fourth chapter of Matthew, 
 in the thirteenth chapter of Mark, and in the 
 twenty-first chapter of Luke. As Jesus and 
 His disciples passed out of the temple, they 
 called His attention to the buildings and great 
 stones, and Jesus answered: "See ye not all 
 these things? Verily I say unto you, There 
 shall not be left here one stone upon another, 
 that shall not be thrown down." Matt. 24:2. 
 
 And as He sat upon the Mount of 
 Olives, over against the temple, Peter and 
 James and John and Andrew asked him 
 
THE BOOK OF REVELATION 57 
 
 privately, Tell us, when shall these things 
 be? and what shall be the sign of Thy 
 coming, and of the end of the world? 
 And Jesus answered and said unto them, 
 Take heed that no man deceive you. For 
 many shall come in my name, saying, I 
 am Christ; and shall deceive many. Matt. 
 24:3-5. 
 
 Go ye not, therefore, after them. But 
 when ye shall hear of wars and commo- 
 tions, be not terrified: for these things 
 must first come to pass ; but the end is not 
 by and by. Then said He unto them, Na- 
 tion shall rise against nation, and kingdom 
 against kingdom: and great earthquakes 
 shall be in divers places, and famines, and 
 pestilences; and fearful sights and great 
 signs shall there be from heaven. But 
 before all these, they shall lay their hands 
 on you, and persecute you, delivering you 
 up to the synagogues and into prisons, be- 
 ing brought before kings and rulers for my 
 name's sake. And it shall turn to you 
 for a testimony. Settle it therefore in 
 your hearts, not to mediate before what 
 ye shall answer: for I will give you a 
 mouth and wisdom, which all your adver- 
 saries shall not be able to gainsay nor 
 resist. And ye shall be hated of all men 
 for my name's sake. But there shall not 
 an hair of your head perish. In your pa- 
 
58 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 tience possess ye your souls. And when 
 ye shall see Jerusalem compassed with 
 armies, then know that the desolation 
 thereof is nigh. Then let them which are 
 in Judea flee to the mountains; and let 
 them which are in the midst of it depart 
 out; and let not them that are in the 
 countries enter thereinto. For these be 
 the days of vengeance, that all things 
 which are written may be fulfilled. But 
 woe unto them that are with child, and to 
 them that give suck, in those days, for 
 there shall be great distress in the land, 
 and wrath upon this people. And they 
 shall fall by the edge of the sword, and 
 shall be led away captive into all nations : 
 and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of 
 the Gentiles, until the times of the Gen- 
 tiles be fulfilled. Luke 2 1:8-24. 
 This Scripture covers the destruction of Jeru- 
 salem, and the curse that fell on the Jews and 
 their land, down to this day. This is the an- 
 swer of our Lord to the question asked, u When 
 shall these things be?" referring to His decla- 
 ration that, "Not one stone shall be left that 
 shall not be thrown down." 
 
 All this Scripture has been literally fulfilled. 
 Read Josephus' description of the destruction 
 of Jerusalem, and the history of the Jews down 
 to the present time, and you will see how ac- 
 curately Christ foretold it all. 
 
THE SIGNS OF HIS COMING 
 
 OW we come to the second question, con- 
 cerning the return of our Lord. "Tell 
 us, what shall be the sign of Thy com- 
 ing." The destruction of Jerusalem, and 
 the wars, pestilences, famines, fearful 
 sights and signs since then, are not the signs of 
 His coming. What are the signs of His com- 
 ing? Our Lord answers this question in Mat- 
 thew 24:23, and in Mark 13:21, and in Luke, 
 21:25. 
 
 Then if any man shall say unto you, 
 Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it 
 not. For there shall arise false Christs, 
 and false prophets, and shall shew great 
 signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it 
 were possible, they shall deceive the very 
 elect. Behold, I have told you before. 
 Wherefore, if they shall say unto you, 
 Behold, He is in the desert, go not forth : 
 behold, He is in the secret chambers; be- 
 lieve it not. For as the lightning cometh 
 out of the east, and shineth even unto the 
 west, so shall also the coming of the Son 
 of Man be. * * * Immediately after the 
 tribulation of those days shall the sun be 
 darkened, and the moon shall not give her 
 
60 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, 
 and the powers of the heavens shall be 
 shaken: and then shall appear the sign 
 of the Son of Man in heaven: and then 
 shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, 
 and they shall see the Son of Man coming 
 in the clouds of heaven with power and 
 great glory. And He shall send His 
 angels with a great sound of a trumpet, 
 and they shall gather together His elect 
 from the four winds, from one end of 
 heaven to the other. Now learn a parable 
 of the fig tree: When his branch is yet 
 tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know 
 that summer is nigh. Matt. 24:23-32. 
 
 And when these things begin to come to 
 pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; 
 for your redemption draweth nigh. And 
 He spake to them a parable : Behold the 
 fig tree, and all the trees : When they now 
 shoot forth, ye see and know of your own 
 selves that summer is now nigh at hand. 
 So likewise ye, when ye see these things 
 come to pass, know ye that the Kingdom 
 of God is nigh at hand. Verily I say 
 unto you, This generation shall not pass 
 away till all be fulfilled. Heaven and 
 earth shall pass away: but my words shall 
 not pass away. Luke 21 :28-33. 
 As the leaves coming forth in the spring- 
 time on the fig tree, and all the trees, indicate 
 
THE SIGNS OF HIS COMING 61 
 
 winter is past, and the spring is present, and 
 the summer is near: so the three signs here 
 given indicate that the Lord Jesus is at the 
 door, to raise the dead, and translate the liv- 
 ing saints; and to set up His kingdom upon 
 earth for a thousand years. 
 
 And our Lord tells us that when the first 
 sign appears, that is the darkness, thick dark- 
 ness, to lift up your heads, for your redemption 
 draweth nigh. And when all three signs have 
 been seen by us, to know that it, the Kingdom 
 of God, is at the door, that Christ may then 
 appear any minute. 
 
 These signs come immediately after the 
 tribulations of those days. The world will have 
 been in tribulation just before these signs ap- 
 pear, and all of these signs will come in con- 
 junction, one with the other, as given by our 
 Lord. The generation then living will see all 
 the signs; and will not pass away until Jesus 
 Christ comes, and raises the righteous dead and 
 translates the righteous living, taking them up 
 into heaven; and until the Anti-Christ has fin- 
 ished his reign of destruction and blasphemy. 
 Then the Lord will return to this earth, bring- 
 ing the saints with Him, to destroy all people 
 who have taken the mark of the beast, or Anti- 
 Christ. And the Anti-Christ and the False 
 Prophet will be cast alive into the lake of fire 
 and brimstone; and Satan will be bound and 
 shut up in the bottomless pit for one thousand 
 
62 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 years; and the Lord Jesus, who is the Prince of 
 the Kings of the Earth, shall reign over the 
 whole earth during the thousand years. 
 
 This will be the Sabbath of the Lord: For 
 the "earth shall be full of the knowledge of 
 the Lord, as the waters cover the sea." Isa. 
 11:9. 
 
 If the Book of Revelation is a panorama of 
 the occurrences before, at, and after, the com- 
 ing of Christ, we will find the signs of His 
 coming, as He gave them to the disciples. And 
 we will also find them in their proper place 
 in relation to all other scenes and phenomena. 
 
 And I beheld when he had opened the 
 sixth seal, and lo, there was a great earth- 
 quake; and the sun became black as sack- 
 cloth of hair, and the moon became as 
 blood : And the stars of heaven fell unto 
 the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her 
 untimely figs, when she is shaken of a 
 mighty wind. And the heavens parted 
 as a scroll when it is rolled together : and 
 every mountain and island were moved 
 out of their places. Rev. 6:12-14. 
 
 Here are all the signs given by our Lord 
 Jesus Christ to the disciples, and in conjunc- 
 tion, one after the other; and in the same order 
 that Christ gave them. And coming in con- 
 junction with a world earthquake, that will 
 move every mountain and island out of their 
 
THE SIGNS OF HIS COMING 63 
 
 places, and causing consternation throughout 
 the whole world. 
 
 "And the kings of the earth, and the great 
 men and the rich men, and the chief captains, 
 and the mighty men, and every bondman, and 
 every free man, hid themselves in the dens and 
 in the rocks of the mountains; and said to the 
 mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us 
 from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, 
 and from the wrath of the Lamb : for the great 
 day of His wrath is come; and who shall be 
 able to stand? Rev. 6:15-17. 
 
 The signs all being present, or having oc- 
 curred, indicate that Christ is at the door, to 
 raise the dead. The whole world is thrown 
 into terror, and cry out for rocks to fall on 
 them. Now we have a fact established : Jesus 
 Christ will come when the sixth seal is opened. 
 Not before, not later. This world earthquake 
 will usher in the signs of His coming. All 
 fairly well-informed people know that such 
 an earthquake, world-wide, moving every 
 mountain and island out of their places, fol- 
 lowed by the sun becoming black as sackcloth 
 of hair, and the moon appearing as blood, and 
 the stars falling to the earth, has not taken 
 place since the Book of Revelation was given. 
 But it will take place, and come as accurately 
 as the destruction of Jerusalem came. And 
 when it does come, Jesus Christ will be at the 
 door to raise the dead, and catch the saints 
 away. 
 
64 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 And as we have borne the image of the 
 .earthy, we shall also bear the image of 
 the heavenly. Now this I say, brethren, 
 that flesh and blood cannot inherit the 
 Kingdom of God; neither doth corrup- 
 tion inherit incorruption. Behold, I shew 
 you a mystery: We shall not all sleep, 
 but we shall all be changed, in a moment, 
 in the twinkling of an eye, at the last 
 trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and 
 the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and 
 we shall be changed. For this corruptible 
 must put on incorruption, and this mortal 
 must put on immortality. So when this 
 corruptible shall have put on incorruption, 
 and this mortal shall have put on immor- 
 tality, then shall be brought to pass the 
 saying that is written, Death is swallowed 
 up in victory. O death, where is thy sting? 
 O grave, where is thy victory? I Cor. 
 15:49-55. 
 
 For the Lord Himself shall descend 
 from heaven with a shout, with the voice 
 of the archangel, and with the trump of 
 God: and the dead in Christ shall rise 
 first: then we which are alive and remain 
 shall be caught up together with them in 
 the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air; 
 and so shall we ever be with the Lord. 
 Wherefore comfort one another with these 
 words. IThes. 4:16, 18. 
 
THE SIGNS OF HIS COMING 65 
 
 I tell you, in that night there shall be 
 two men in one bed; the one shall be 
 taken, and the other shall be left. Two 
 women shall be grinding together; the one 
 shall be taken, and the other left. Two 
 men shall be in the field; the one shall be 
 taken, and the other left. Luke 17 :34-36. 
 
 In these three Scriptures we have the resur- 
 rection clearly stated, taking place at the com- 
 ing of the Lord Jesus to gather the saints unto 
 Himself, as set forth in II Thes. 2:1. 
 
 When the sixth seal is opened, God will 
 shake terribly the earth. 
 
 And they shall go into the holes of the 
 rocks, and into the caves of the earth, 
 for fear of the Lord, and for the glory 
 of His majesty, when He ariseth to shake 
 terribly the earth. In that day a man 
 shall cast his idols of silver, and his idols 
 of gold, which they made each one for 
 himself to worship, to the moles and to 
 the bats; to go into the clefts of the rocks, 
 and into the tops of the ragged rocks, for 
 fear of the Lord, and for the glory of His 
 majesty, when He ariseth to shake ter- 
 ribly the earth. Isa. 2:19-21. 
 
 And the sun will become black as sackcloth 
 of hair, and the moon will become as blood, 
 and the stars will fall unto the earth. This is 
 
66 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 all positively stated by the Lord Himself. And 
 the resurrection will then take place. 
 
 And I saw another angel ascending from 
 the east, having the seal of the living 
 God: and he cried with a loud voice to 
 the four angels, to whom it was given to 
 hurt the earth and the sea, saying, Hurt 
 not the earth, neither the sea, nor the 
 trees, till we have sealed the servants of 
 our God in their foreheads* And I heard 
 the number of them which were sealed: 
 and' there were sealed a hundred and 
 forty and four thousand of all the tribes 
 of the children of Israel. Of the tribe of 
 Juda were sealed twelve thousand. Of 
 the tribe of Reuben were sealed twelve 
 thousand. Of the tribe of Gad were 
 sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of 
 Aser were sealed twelve thousand. Of the 
 tribe of Nephthalim were sealed twelve 
 thousand. Of the tribe of Manasses were 
 sealed twelve thouasnd. Of the tribe of 
 Simeon were sealed twelve thousand. Of 
 the tribe of Levi were sealed twelve thou- 
 sand. Of the tribe of Issachar were 
 sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of 
 Zabulon were sealed twelve thousand. Of 
 the tribe of Benjamin were sealed twelve 
 thousand. Of the tribe of Joseph were 
 sealed twelve thousand. Rev. 7 :2-8. 
 
THE SIGNS OF HIS COMING 67 
 And then after this sealing of the 144,000: 
 
 First Resurrection 
 
 After this I beheld, and, lo, a great 
 multitude, which no man could number, 
 of all nations, and kindreds, and people, 
 and tongues, stood before the throne, and 
 before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, 
 and palms in their hands; and cried with 
 a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God 
 which sitteth upon the throne, and unto 
 the Lamb. And all the angels stood round 
 about the throne, and about the elders and 
 the four beasts, and fell before the throne 
 on their faces, and worshipped God, say- 
 ing, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wis- 
 dom, and thanksgiving, and honour, and 
 power, and might, be unto our God for- 
 ever and ever. Amen. And one of the 
 elders answered, saying unto me, What are 
 these which are arrayed in white robes, 
 and whence came they? And I said unto 
 him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to 
 me, These are they which came out of 
 great tribulation, and have washed their 
 robes, and made them white in the blood 
 of the Lamb. Therefore are they before 
 the throne of God, and serve Him day 
 and night in His temple : and He that sit- 
 teth on the throne shall dwell among them. 
 
68 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst 
 any more; neither shall the sun light on 
 them, nor any heat: for the Lamb which 
 is in the midst of the throne shall feed 
 them and shall lead them unto living 
 fountains of waters, and God shall wipe 
 all tears from their eyes. Rev. 7 :9-17. 
 
 Here we have the positive statement that 
 these are the resurrected saints from all na- 
 tions, kindreds, peoples and tongues, having 
 washed their robes in the Blood of the Lamb; 
 and having come up out of great tribulation. 
 Therefore, because they have washed their 
 robes in the Blood of the Lamb, and have come 
 out of great tribulation, they are now off of 
 the earth, and out of their earthly conditions; 
 and are before the throne of God in heaven, 
 to serve Him day and night in His temple, and 
 God Himself shall dwell among them, and the 
 Lamb which is in the midst shall feed them, 
 and shall lead them unto living fountains of 
 waters, and God shall wipe away all tears from 
 their eyes. 
 
 While the fifth angel was sealing the 144,000 
 on earth, the Lord Jesus, as a thief in the night, 
 according to His own word, and according to 
 I Thes. 5 :2, and suddenly, u ln the twinkling of 
 an eye," changes the living saints, as set forth 
 in I Cor. 15:52; and catches them up to be 
 forever with the Lord, as also set forth in I 
 Thes. 4:17. 
 
THE SIGNS OF HIS COMING 69 
 
 Observe, all of this comes under the opening 
 of the sixth seal. The seventh seal has not been 
 opened yet; and five seals had been opened be- 
 fore the sixth seal was opened; and under the 
 opening of each seal, tremendous things occur, 
 in heaven, on earth, or in hell. All of these 
 are stirred because of what God is doing. 
 
 This scene in heaven has brought all the 
 angels together, surrounding the throne, and 
 the elders and the living creatures, because of 
 the occurrence that has just taken place; the 
 home-coming of all the resurrected children of 
 God, in their glorified state, with their shining 
 faces. The Blood-washed sons of God, at 
 Home, and all the angels present. They hear 
 the saints crying out, u Salvation to our God, 
 which sitteth on the throne, and unto the 
 Lamb." Referring to their own salvation, their 
 purification, their elevation from sin to sonship, 
 sons of God, by the Blood of the Lamb. And 
 the angels fell before the throne on their faces, 
 and worshiped God, saying, "Amen." This 
 amen, was amen to what the saints had said. 
 
 This scene is a Jubilee in heaven over the 
 home-coming of the Blood-washed throng. All 
 the saints are here from all nations, and kindred 
 and people, and tongues; and all the angels, 
 too ; all worshipping God and the Lamb. The 
 saints are not yet crowned, for the wedding 
 supper of the Lamb has not yet taken place. 
 That comes in the nineteenth chapter of Reve- 
 
70 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 lation. The coming of Jesus Christ is definitely 
 fixed, to take place at the opening of the sixth 
 seal. If we will carefully consider what things 
 come to pass on the opening of the first, second, 
 third, fourth and fifth seals, we may discover 
 where we now are, in relation to the coming of 
 our Lord. 
 
JOHN CAUGHT UP INTO HEAVEN 
 
 FTER this I looked, and, behold, a door 
 was opened in heaven and the first voice 
 which I heard was as it were of a trum- 
 pet talking with me; which said, Come 
 up hither, and I will shew thee things 
 which must be hereafter. And imme- 
 diately I was in the Spirit: and, behold, a 
 throne was set in heaven and one sat on 
 the throne. And he that sat was to look 
 upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and 
 there was a rainbow round about the 
 throne, in sight like unto an emerald. 
 Rev. 4:1-3. 
 
 After John had written in a book the mes- 
 sages for the seven churches in Asia, recorded 
 in the second and third chapters of Revelation, 
 he looked and saw a door opened in heaven; 
 an opening through the clouds, enabling him 
 to see beyond earthly things. And he heard a 
 voice as of a trumpet speaking to him; the same 
 voice that he heard when on Patmos, on the 
 Lord's day. Rev. 1:10. The voice of the 
 Lord Jesus Christ. The voice that reaches 
 and thrills the soul, saying, Come up hither and 
 I will shew thee things which must come to pass 
 
72 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 hereafter. Up into heaven where Jesus Christ 
 is, and He, Jesus Christ, will show John things, 
 the very things that must come to pass hereafter. 
 Not phantoms, or symbols or myths, but reali- 
 ties; things that must come to pass. 
 
 Straightway (immediately) I was in the 
 Spirit, as he was on the Lord's day, in Patmos, 
 and being in the Spirit he could hear spiritual 
 things and see spiritual beings. In this state 
 he was caught up into heaven ; not in body, for 
 flesh and blood could not be caught up into 
 heaven, bjut his soul and spirit could be. The 
 Lord had said unto him, Come up hither, and 
 the power that commanded him, caught him up 
 into heaven, where he saw the throne of God, 
 and One sitting upon the throne. This one is 
 God, sitting upon His throne. And He that 
 sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine 
 stone. Jasper is a precious stone of various 
 colors, as purple, blue, green. The New Jeru- 
 salem, in heaven, is said to have light like a 
 jasper stone, clear as crystal (Rev. 21:11); 
 and a sardine stone is a bright red color. 
 
 The prophet Ezekiel was permitted to see 
 the Lord on His throne, and he said : 
 
 And I saw as the color of amber, as 
 the appearance of fire round about within 
 it from the appearance of his loins even 
 upward, and from the appearance of his 
 loins even downward, I saw as it were the 
 
JOHN CAUGHT UP INTO HEAVEN 73 
 
 appearance of fire, and it had brightness 
 round about. As the appearance of the 
 bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain, 
 so was the appearance of the brightness 
 round about. This was the appearance 
 of the likeness of the glory of the Lord. 
 And when I saw it, I fell upon my face, 
 and I heard a voice of one that spake. 
 Ezek. 1:27-28. 
 
 Twenty-four Thrones 
 
 The rainbow around the throne was like an 
 emerald. A soft green color. u And round 
 about the throne were four and twenty seats 
 [thrones, R. V.], and upon the seats I saw four 
 and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white rai- 
 ment; and they had on their heads crowns of 
 gold. And out of the throne proceeded light- 
 nings and thunderings and voices: and there 
 were seven lamps of fire burning before the 
 throne, which are the seven spirits of God." 
 Rev. 4:4, 5. 
 
 And these four and twenty thrones were oc- 
 cupied at that time by four and twenty elders 
 arrayed in white garments; and on their heads 
 were crowns of gold. We find in chapter five, 
 eighth verse, that these elders had each one 
 of them a harp, and golden vials full of in- 
 cense, which are the prayers of the saints. 
 There is good reason to believe that these el- 
 ders were glorified saints, crowned and robed 
 
74 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 and enthroned, with harp in hand praising God 
 for their salvation. 
 
 And I John saw these things, and heard 
 them. And when I had heard and seen, 
 I fell down to worship before the feet of 
 the angel which shewed me these things. 
 Then saith he unto me, See thou do it not; 
 for I am thy fellow servant, and of thy 
 brethren the prophets, and of them which 
 keep the sayings of this book: worship 
 God. Rev. 22:8, 9. 
 
 John supposed this angel was God, because 
 of his glorious appearance, and fell down at 
 his feet to worship him. "Then said he unto 
 me, see thou do it not: for I am thy fellow 
 servant, and of thy brethren the prophets, and 
 of them which keep the sayings of this book: 
 worship God." Here we find a human being 
 glorified; and in the likeness of God: so John 
 thought he was God. And this resurrected 
 human being, now glorified, is sent by the Lord 
 Jesus to show John the things that must come 
 to pass. But how came this person and the 
 twenty-four elders to be in heaven, when John 
 was caught up, about the year A. D. 96? 
 Answer: 
 
 Because, "The graves were opened and 
 many bodies of the saints which slept arose, 
 and came out of the graves after His resurrec- 
 tion, and went into the holy city, and appeared 
 unto many." Matt. 27:52, 53. 
 
JOHN CAUGHT UP INTO HEAVEN 75 
 
 These saints who came out of their graves 
 after Jesus arose, are, along with Christ "First- 
 fruits" of the resurrection. 
 
 For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ 
 shall all be made alive. But every man in 
 his own order: Christ the first-fruits; af- 
 terward, they that are Christ's at His 
 coming. Then cometh the end, when He 
 shall have delivered up the kingdom to 
 God, even the Father ; when He shall have 
 put down all rule and all authority and 
 power. I Cor. 15:22-24. 
 
 Here are the three orders of the resurrection. 
 First Christ and the many bodies of the saints 
 that had fallen asleep, who came out of their 
 graves after Him. These are the first-fruits of 
 the resurrection, or th.e first order or company 
 to enter into the glorified resurrection life with 
 God. 
 
 Second Order: "They that are Christ's at 
 His coming." These are the second order, or 
 company that will be raised when Jesus comes. 
 "Then cometh the end," or the third order or 
 company, when all the remaining dead will be 
 raised. Rev. 20:13. Further proof is found 
 in Rev. 14:1-4, as follows: 
 
 The First Fruits 
 
 And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on 
 the mount Zion, and with him a hundred 
 forty and four thousand, having his Fath- 
 
76 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 er's name written in their foreheads. And 
 I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice 
 of many waters, and as the voice of a great 
 thunder : and I heard the voice of harpers 
 harping with their harps: and they sung 
 as it were a new song before the throne, 
 and before the four beasts [living creat- 
 ures, R.V.], and the elders: and no man 
 could learn that song but the hundred and 
 forty and four thousand, which were re- 
 deemed from the earth. These are they 
 which were not defiled with women; for 
 they are virgins. These are they which 
 follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. 
 These were redeemed from among men, 
 being the first-fruits unto God and to the 
 Lamb. 
 
 This company who were resurrected when 
 Jesus came forth conqueror over death and hell, 
 and who have been with Him, following the 
 Lamb whithersoever He goeth, can sing a song 
 that no other saint can sing. Jesus Christ is our 
 High Priest; and as such He took those resur- 
 rected saints, the first-fruits, the wave sheaf; and 
 presented them to God, a wave offering, the 
 First-fruits of the great harvest of saints that 
 will be gathered home when our Lord shall re- 
 appear. 
 
 Now we see clearly why John found the twen- 
 ty-four elders ; and the one who showed him the 
 things that must shortly come to pass, already 
 
JOHN CAUGHT UP INTO HEAVEN 77 
 
 crowned and on thrones in heaven, wearing their 
 white robes with harp in hand. 
 
 And out of the throne proceeded lightnings 
 and voices and thunders, indicating the awful 
 Majesty and power of God. Moses feared and 
 quaked when he saw and heard the lightning 
 flash and the thunder roar, on Sinai. 
 
 u And there were seven lamps of fire burning 
 before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of 
 God." Our God is a consuming fire to the 
 wicked, who continue impenitent. These seven 
 flames of fire indicate God in His fullness. 
 
 And before the throne there was a sea 
 of glass like unto crystal : and in the midst 
 of the throne, and round about the throne, 
 were four beasts full of eyes before and 
 behind. And the first beast was like a 
 lion, and the second beast like a calf, and 
 the third beast had a face as a man, and the 
 fourth beast was like a flying eagle. And 
 the four beasts had each of them six wings 
 about him; and they were full of eyes with- 
 in : and they rest not day and night, saying, 
 Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, 
 which was, and is, and is to come. Rev. 
 4:6-8. 
 
 And before the throne, as it were, a sea of 
 glass, like unto crystal. Not glass in fact; but 
 it had the appearance of glass; clear and beauti- 
 ful as crystal; wonderfully grand and glorious 
 to behold. 
 
78 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 And round about the throne, in the midst 
 of the throne, were four living creatures full 
 of eyes before and behind. The prophet 
 Ezekiel saw and described four living creatures 
 quite similar to these. See Ezek. 1 :4-28. Read 
 this description, it is very wonderful. 
 
 The prophet Isaiah saw and described the 
 seraphim in the presence of the Lord sitting 
 on His throne. "Above it stood the seraphim: 
 each one had six wings; with twain he covered 
 his face, and with twain he covered his feet, 
 and with twain he did fly. And one cried unto 
 another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord 
 of hosts: the whole earth is full of his glory. 
 And the posts of the door moved at the voice 
 of him that cried, and the house was filled 
 with smoke. " Isa. 6 :2-4. 
 
 This was seven hundred and sixty years be- 
 fore Christ appeared on earth. Those seraphim 
 could not be redeemed, resurrected human be- 
 ings for no human being had been resurrected 
 at that time. Neither could they be resurrected 
 until our Lord had arisen from the dead. He is 
 the first-fruits of them that slept. 
 
 Those seraphim have six wings; and four 
 faces, similar to the living creatures in Rev. 
 4:6-8. The living creatures in Rev. 4:6-8 were 
 flying u ln the midst of the throne, and round 
 about the throne." And the seraphim Isaiah 
 saw "Stood above the throne." Isa. 6:2. 
 Those could not be human beings flying or 
 standing in or above the throne of God. 
 
JOHN CAUGHT UP INTO HEAVEN 79 
 
 We believe all these descriptions refer to the 
 same living creatures and that these living crea- 
 tures are heavenly beings, and not human beings. 
 There is nothing in their appearance or descrip- 
 tion, or actions, indicating that they are glori- 
 fied human beings. On the contrary, at their 
 initiative the twenty-four elders fell down be- 
 fore God, and worshipped Him. These living 
 creatures are constantly on the move, in and 
 around the throne, crying, Holy, holy, holy, is 
 the Lord God, the Almighty. 
 
 And when the living creatures give glory 
 and honour and thanks to him that sat on 
 the throne, who liveth forever and ever, 
 the four and twenty elders fall down be- 
 fore him that sat on the throne, and wor- 
 ship him that liveth forever and ever, and 
 cast their crowns before the throne, saying, 
 Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory 
 and honour and power: for thou hast 
 created all things, and for thy pleasure 
 they are and were created. Rev. 4:9-11. 
 
 The living creatures, although so closely con- 
 nected with the throne, were not crowned. 
 Crowns are only for the children of God, per- 
 sons who have been born of God, made partak- 
 ers of the Divine nature. Heirs of God, and 
 joint heirs with Christ. The elders were 
 crowned, showing that they were resurrected, 
 glorified human beings. There is no mention in 
 
80 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the Bible of any of the heavenly host wearing 
 crowns, except God; and His children. Men 
 and women who, having been born of God, are 
 sons. Not bastards, but sons of God- They 
 will wear crowns. 
 
A BOOK WITH SEVEN SEALS 
 
 ND I saw in the right hand of him that 
 sat on the throne a book written within 
 and on the backside, sealed with seven 
 seals. And I saw a strong angel pro- 
 claiming with a lour voice, Who is 
 worthy to open the book, and to loose 
 the seals thereof? And no man in 
 heaven, nor in earth, neither under the 
 earth, was able to open the book, neither 
 to look thereon. And I wept much, 
 because no man was found worthy to open 
 and to read the book, neither to look there- 
 on. And one of the elders saith unto me, 
 Weep not: behold, the Lion of the tribe of 
 Juda, the Root of David, hath prevailed 
 to open the book, and to loose the seven 
 seals thereof. Rev. 5 :l-5. 
 
 And I saw in the right hand of him that sat 
 on the throne, a book. The Almighty God, 
 seated on His throne and holding a book in His 
 right hand. The book was not a blank, but was 
 full of writing, known only to God, the writer, 
 and never given to any person. This book was 
 sealed with seven seals, indicating that it con- 
 tained secrets ; and was kept in the right hand of 
 God that no one might discover the secrets; 
 
82 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 secrets kept from all the human family down to 
 that time. 
 
 A strong angel; but he could not open the 
 book. With a great voice, indicating great earn- 
 estness and anxiety; crying out, Who is worthy, 
 or has the authority, wisdom, power or ability 
 to loose the seals that God has placed upon the 
 book; and to open the book and reveal its 
 secrets. 
 
 And no one in heaven, or on earth, or under 
 the earth, no angelic being, and no earthly 
 being, and no demon could loose the seals and 
 reveal the secrets of God. 
 
 And I wept much. Great sorrow that no one 
 in the whole universe was able to reveal the 
 secrets concealed in that book. 
 
 And one of the elders said, Weep not, for 
 there is one, only one, who is both God and man, 
 creator and created. "The Lion that is of the 
 tribe of Judah." The creator of David hath 
 overcome Satan, death and hell, that He might 
 open the book and bring salvation to men. 
 
 And I saw in the midst of the throne and 
 of the four living creatures, and in the 
 midst of the elders, a Lamb standing, as 
 though it had been slain, having seven 
 horns, and seven eyes, which are the seven 
 Spirits of God, sent forth into all the earth. 
 And he came, and he taketh it out of tHe 
 right hand of him that sat on the throne. 
 And when he had taken the book, the four 
 
A BOOK WITH SEVEN SEALS 83 
 
 living creatures and the four and twenty 
 elders fell down before the Lamb, having 
 each one a harp, and golden bowls full of 
 incense, which are the prayers of the 
 saints. Rev. 5 :6-8. R. V. 
 
 And I saw in the midst of the throne : The 
 center; that is, where God sat; and who could be 
 there but God? And of the four living 
 creatures : The center of their sphere of activ- 
 ity. And in the midst of the elders: In this 
 central place with God, I saw a Lamb standing : 
 Not seated on the throne. As though it had 
 been slain: Showing evidences of having been 
 killed, but now alive again. This is the Lamb 
 of God, Jesus Christ, our Lord. Having seven 
 horns : Horns indicate power ; and seven indi- 
 cates fullness; having all power. U A11 power is 
 given unto me in heaven and in earth." Matt. 
 28:18. And seven eyes, which are the seven 
 Spirits of God: To see and to do what God 
 sees and does throughout all the earth. And he 
 came and he taketh it: The Lamb, the Lord 
 Jesus Christ took the book out of the hand of 
 His Father, being "One with the Father." John 
 17 :22. And when He had taken the book, the 
 four living creatures and the four and twenty 
 elders fell down before the Lamb : This would 
 have been sacrilege, blasphemy, treason, if the 
 Lamb was not God, One with the Father. Hav- 
 ing each one a harp and golden bowls : A harp 
 
84 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 to make music and golden bowls full of incense, 
 prayers of the saints; pouring out true worship 
 before the Lamb. 
 
 And they sing a new song, saying, 
 Worthy art thou to take the book, and to 
 open the seals thereof : for thou wast slain, 
 and didst purchase unto God with thy blood 
 men of every tribe, and tongue, and peo- 
 ple, and nation, and madest them to be 
 unto our God a kingdom and priests ; and 
 they x reign upon the earth. Rev. 5:9-10. 
 R. V. 
 
 And they sing a new song, saying : None of 
 the saints except the first-fruits can sing the New 
 Song. These singers are the saints whom our 
 Lord raised from the dead when He arose. See 
 Matt. 27:50-53. 
 
 Saying, worthy art thou to take the book: 
 None else could. No human being, no angel. 
 Christ alone could take the book and open it, 
 and reveal the secret things of God. 
 
 u For thou wast slain, and didst purchase unto 
 God with thy blood men of every tribe, and 
 tongue, and people, and nation." Jesus bought 
 men of all nations and tribes and tongues by 
 dying; a sacrifice for them, to atone for their 
 sins. There is no salvation, but by the Blood of 
 Christ. 
 
 "And madest them to be unto our God a king- 
 dom and priests." Men washed and cleansed by 
 
A BOOK WITH SEVEN SEALS 85 
 
 the Blood of Jesus Christ, though they be from 
 every nation on earth, are formed into a new 
 Nation, a heavenly kingdom, with God as their 
 King; and all persons thus saved are made, U A 
 royal priesthood." I Peter, 2 :9. u To offer up 
 spiritual sacrifices unto God." I Peter 2:5. 
 
 "Arid they reign upon the earth." This has 
 reference to the Millenial reign of Christ for a 
 thousand years on the earth. The saints, the 
 bride, the Lamb's wife will reign with Him. 
 
 And I saw, and I heard a voice of many 
 angels round about the throne and the liv- 
 ing creatures and the elders ; and the num- 
 ber of them was ten thousand times ten 
 thousand, and thousands of thousands ; 
 saying with a great voice, Worthy is the 
 Lamb that hath been slain to receive the 
 power, and riches, and wisdom, and might, 
 and honour, and glory, and blessing. Rev. 
 5:11-12. R.V. 
 
 "And I saw, and I heard a voice of many 
 angels." These angels were around the throne 
 and the living creatures, and the elders. All the 
 first-fruits are next to the throne; and the angels 
 form a circular company around them. 
 
 And the number of them was ten thousand 
 times ten thousand. This is one hundred mil- 
 lion. Then, in addition to those, there were 
 thousands of thousands more. This innumer- 
 able multitude were angels. The company of 
 
86 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 first-fruits were an hundred and forty and four 
 thousand. Rev. 12:1-5. 
 
 This great multitude of angels were saying 
 with a great voice, Worthy is the Lamb that 
 hath been slain, to receive the power, and riches, 
 and wisdom, and might, and honour, and glory, 
 and blessing. All the angels in heaven shout 
 the praises of the Lord Jesus Christ because He 
 is God, One with the Father. And John de- 
 clares, I saw and I heard this worshipping by all 
 those angels and what they said. 
 
 And every created thing which is in the 
 heaven, and on the earth, and under the 
 earth, and on the sea, and all things that 
 are in them, heard I saying, Unto him that 
 sitteth on the throne, and unto the Lamb, 
 be the blessing, and the honor, and the 
 glory, and the dominion, forever and ever. 
 And the four living creatures said, Amen. 
 And the elders fell down and worshipped. 
 Rev. 5:13-14. R. V. 
 
 And every created thing which is in heaven : 
 Angels and glorified saints in heaven are not 
 "things." The company of first-fruits first fell 
 down and worshipped the Lamb. And all the 
 multitudes of angels shouted the praises of the 
 Lamb. And all other created things in heaven, 
 and earth and sea: I understand that these 
 created things are "the birds that fly in mid- 
 heaven." (Rev. 19:17). And on the earth: 
 all beasts and creeping things. And under the 
 
A BOOK WITH SEVEN SEALS 87 
 
 earth : living things that dwell under the surface 
 of the earth. And on the sea : water fowl. And 
 all things in the sea : fishes and living creatures 
 of every kind. Heard I say: John heard all 
 created things saying: Unto Him that sitteth 
 on the throne, and unto the Lamb, be the Bless- 
 ing and the glory, and the dominion, forever 
 and ever. John heard them say this. Being in 
 the Spirit he could hear and see things that other 
 men could not see and hear. This looks as 
 though the animal creation, at that time, joined 
 in the chorus of worship and praise to God and 
 the Lamb. 
 
 And the four living creatures in heaven said, 
 Amen to what had just been uttered by the 
 created things. And the four and twenty elders 
 in heaven fell down and worshiped. 
 
 Nearly all of this chapter is an exaltation of 
 the "Slain Lamb of God," who taketh away the 
 sin of the world. This exaltation is by the 
 heavenly host, and the redeemed resurrected 
 first-fruits who see things in their true light, 
 and see Jesus Christ one with God; and appar- 
 ently all created things that were not in the 
 transgression, praised God and the Lamb. 
 
 Men still on the earth seem to have taken 
 no part in that wonderful time of worship. The 
 rejoicing and worship of the Lamb recorded 
 in this chapter must not be confounded with the 
 time when "Every knee should bow, of things 
 in heaven and things on earth and things under 
 
88 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the earth; and that every tongue should con- 
 fess that Jesus Christ is Lord to the glory of 
 God the Father." Phil 2:10, 11. This last 
 Scripture, evidently refers to the judgment day. 
 The worship of the Lamb in heaven, in which 
 all created things, even on, and in the sea, took 
 a part, occurred at the time the Lamb took the 
 book to open it. So this worship of the Lamb 
 took place before the first seal of this book was 
 opened, and before any of the occurrences re- 
 corded took place, at the opening of each and 
 every seal. 
 
 The botik referred to could not be the book 
 containing the plan or work of our redemption, 
 for that book had been fully opened before 
 John was caught up into heaven. Our Lord 
 had been born and crucified and resurrected, 
 and glorified; and tens of thousands had been 
 washed and cleansed and baptized with the 
 Holy Ghost, and many of them were in Para- 
 dise at that time. The book of "Revelation" is 
 certainly the book referred to. 
 
OPENING THE SEVEN SEALS 
 
 ND I saw when the Lamb opened one of 
 the seven seals, and I heard one of the 
 four living creatures saying as with a 
 voice of thunder, Come. And I saw, 
 and behold, a white horse, and he that 
 sat thereon had a bow; and there was given 
 unto him a crown : and he came forth con- 
 quering and to conquer. Rev. 6:1, 2, 
 R. V. 
 
 "And I saw when the Lamb opened one of 
 the seven seals.' 1 John has eyes and ears open, 
 so that he may write down all that he saw and 
 heard. And he said, I saw the seal opened, 
 and what followed the opening of that seal. 
 
 "And I heard one of the four living creatures 
 saying as with the voice of thunder, Come." 
 This voice like as of thunder implies Deity. It 
 was from the throne, although it came through 
 one of the living creatures. "Come." This is 
 a command to move toward or from the com- 
 mander. To come or to go. The Greek word 
 implies either. In this case it evidently means 
 Go, as the sequel proves, for in each case a horse 
 and his rider went forth to destroy. 
 
 This horse was white, indicating victory, 
 often indicating purity or righteousness. Prob- 
 
90 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 ably in this case used to deceive the people. 
 u And he that sat thereon had a bow." Always 
 indicating war. u And he came forth conquer- 
 ing, and to conquer." He went forth to con- 
 quer by use of the bow and continued the con- 
 quest from conquering to conquer others, on 
 and on to the end. u And there was given unto 
 him a crown." Then he had no crown prior to 
 this time, but one was given to him by some 
 party who had one to give. This person 
 cannot be the Lord Jesus for we find Him in 
 Rev. 19:12, wearing many crowns; and it 
 cannot be Satan, for we find him in Rev. 12:3, 
 having seven crowns. The Lord Jesus Christ 
 is nowhere spoken of or represented as con- 
 quering by a bow. The bow is mentioned fifty- 
 three times in the Scriptures, and fifty-one times 
 it is man's bow with which to kill, and once, 
 God's bow to bring war, and this person on 
 the white horse had a bow. This bow means 
 war and not salvation. 
 
 We find that following this white horse and 
 his rider, there came a red horse and his rider, 
 and he took peace from the earth, not from a 
 nation or two, but peace from all nations. This 
 means a world war. This war is the inevitable 
 consequence of the mission of the first horse and 
 his rider, who went forth to conquer the world 
 and succeeds in doing so. See Rev. 13:7. 
 u And power was given him over all kindreds, 
 and tongues and nations." 
 
 This first rider, on the white horse, received 
 
OPENING THE SEVEN SEALS 91 
 
 the command from the throne to Come, or Go 
 forth in this campaign of destruction. Who is 
 he? Read II Thes. 2 :1-10, which is as follows: 
 
 Now we beseech you, brethren, touching 
 the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and 
 our gathering together unto him; to the 
 end that ye be not quickly shaken from 
 your mind, nor yet be troubled, either by 
 spirit, or by word, or by epistle as from us, 
 as that the day of the Lord is now present; 
 let no man beguile you in any wise : for it 
 will not be, except the falling away come 
 first, and the man of sin be revealed, the 
 son of perdition, he that opposeth and 
 exalteth himself against all that is called 
 God or that is worshiped; so that he sit- 
 teth in the temple of God, setting himself 
 forth as God. Remember ye not, that, 
 when I was yet with you, I told you these 
 things? And now ye know that which re- 
 straineth, to the end that he may be 
 revealed in his own season. For the mys- 
 tery of lawlessness doth already work: 
 only there is one that restraineth now, 
 until he be taken out of the way. And 
 then shall be revealed the lawless one, 
 whom the Lord Jesus shall slay with the 
 breath of his mouth, and bring to naught 
 by the manifestation of his coming ; even he, 
 whose coming is according to the working 
 of Satan with all power and signs and lying 
 
92 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 wonders, and with all deceit of unright- 
 eousness for them that perish; because they 
 received not the love of the truth, that they 
 might be saved. II Thes. 2 :1-10, R. V. 
 u Let no man beguile you in any wise," for 
 Christ will not come until the u Man of Sin be 
 revealed, the son of perdition, who exalteth 
 himself against all that is called God, or that is 
 worshipped, so that he sitteth in the temple of 
 God, setting himself forth as God." 
 
 No Pope has ever done this, or any other 
 person of note, since the days of Jesus on earth; 
 but a man will arise who will actually do this, 
 and he will be the personal Anti-Christ, the son 
 of perdition. 
 
 "Then shall be revealed the lawless one, 
 whom the Lord Jesus shall slay with the breath 
 of His mouth (not with a bow), and bring to 
 naught by the manifestation of His coming." 
 
 This Anti-Christ has not come yet, but will be 
 on earth and actively at work before Christ 
 comes. This same "Man of Sin," and "Son of 
 Perdition" is the "Little horn" in Daniel's 
 prophesy or vision. See Dan. 7 :20-22. "Even 
 that horn that had eyes, and a mouth, that spake 
 very great things, whose look was more stout 
 than his fellows." [This is a person, the Anti- 
 Christ.] "I beheld, and the same horn made 
 war with the saints, and prevailed against them ; 
 until the Ancient of days came, and judgment 
 was given to the saints of the Most High; and 
 
OPENING THE SEVEN SEALS 93 
 
 the time came that the saints possessed the king- 
 dom." 
 
 "He shall speak words against the most High, 
 and shall wear out the saints of the most High, 
 and think to change times and laws; and they 
 [the saints] shall be given into his hand until a 
 time and times and the dividing of time. [Just 
 three years and a half.] "But the judgment 
 shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, 
 to consume and destroy unto the end." Dan. 7 : 
 25-26. 
 
 Daniel desired to know when these things 
 should take place, and was told to "Go thy way 
 Daniel, for the words are closed up and sealed 
 till the time of the end." Dan. 12 :4. 
 
 So we see that this person, and his work, be- 
 longs to the time of the end, or the coming of 
 Christ, "to destroy them that destroy the 
 earth," Rev. 11 :18, and then reign Lord of all 
 for a thousand years. Here is the Anti-Christ, 
 who will be revealed in his time, but God now 
 withholds until the time appointed; and then 
 shall that wicked one be revealed. The time of 
 this withholding will end when the first seal is 
 broken, and the command given, "Go forth, con- 
 quering and to conquer by war, famine, and 
 pestilence over a fourth part of the earth." 
 Rev. 6:1-8. 
 
 All historians know that such a war has never 
 taken place since John penned these words ; but 
 it will take place as sure as God had revealed it 
 to John. 
 
94 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 In Rev. 13 :2, R. V., we find where and how 
 this first rider on the white horse will get his 
 power and crown. u The dragon gave him his 
 power and his throne, and great authority." In 
 Rev. 12:9, u And the great dragon was cast 
 down, the old serpent, he that is called the Devil 
 and Satan, the deceiver of the whole world." 
 
 We find that the Devil who has seven crowns, 
 gave one of his crowns to the beast, or Anti- 
 Christ, or man of sin, and also his throne, and 
 great authority. The white horse may indicate 
 that the rider claimed to be God and demanded 
 worship. 
 
 War 
 
 "And when he opened the second seal, I 
 heard the second living creature saying, Come. 
 And another horse came forth, a red horse : and 
 to him that sat thereon it was given to take 
 peace from the earth, and that they should slay 
 one another; and there was given unto him a 
 great sword." Rev. 6 :3-4, R. V. 
 
 "And when he opened the second seal I heard 
 the second living creature saying, Come." A 
 command from the throne to go forth, and im- 
 mediately a red horse and his rider with a great 
 sword went forth. 
 
 And to him that sat thereon it was given to 
 take peace from the whole earth. Satan could 
 not give this authority. None but God could 
 give such power, or authority. 
 
 u And that they should slay one another; and 
 
OPENING THE SEVEN SEALS 95 
 
 there was given unto him a great sword.'* No 
 peace on earth anywhere. The great sword in- 
 dicates terrible slaughter. 
 
 Famine 
 
 And when he opened the third seal, I 
 heard the third living creature saying, 
 Come. And I saw, and behold, a black 
 horse; and he that sat thereon had a bal- 
 ance in his hand. And I heard as it were 
 a voice in the midst of the four living 
 creatures saying, a measure of wheat for 
 a penny, and three measures of barley for 
 a penny; and the oil and the wine hurt 
 thou not. Rev. 6 :5, 6, R. V. 
 "And when he had opened the third seal, I 
 heard the third living creature saying, Come 
 [or Go], and I saw and behold a black horse. 
 And he that sat thereon had a balance in his 
 hand." Indicating scarcity of food, a famine; 
 food being sold at famine prices. A famine 
 over one-fourth part of the earth. 
 
 "And I heard as it were a voice in the midst 
 of the four living creatures saying." This indi- 
 cates the throne declaring the high price and 
 scarcity of food. When there is a world war, 
 famine must follow everywhere. 
 
 Pestilence 
 
 And when he opened the fourth seal, I 
 heard the voice of the fourth living crea- 
 ture saying, Come. And I saw, and be- 
 hold, a pale horse: and he that sat upon 
 
96 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 him, his name was Death; and Hades fol- 
 lowed with him. And there was given 
 unto them authority over the fourth part 
 of the earth, to kill with sword, and with 
 famine, and with death, and by the wild 
 beasts of the earth. Rev. 6:7, 8, R. V. 
 u And when he opened the fourth seal, the 
 fourth living creature said, Come. And a pale 
 horse," with death himself seated upon it, and 
 hell followed with him. This is pestilence and 
 all the attending sorrows, pillage, incendiary 
 and murder that will follow in the wake of a 
 world war, and world famine, when all laws and 
 courts and governments are breaking down. 
 "Death and Hell," expressive of death filling 
 hell with victims. What three words could 
 better express the conditions that will then exist. 
 And there was given unto them : the riders upon 
 the four Horses, who were all working in unison, 
 under the conqueror who rode on the white 
 horse, and who was commanded to go forth to 
 destroy with sword and famine and pestilence. 
 The fullness of the Gentiles having come. The 
 world having as fully rejected Jesus Christ as 
 the Jews did when they killed Him; and now 
 they are given over to the Devil and the Anti- 
 Christ. 
 
 "Authority over the fourth part of the earth, 
 to kill with the sword and with famine, and with 
 death, and by the wild beasts of the earth." 
 This kind of authority, or power is not inherent 
 
OPENING THE SEVEN SEALS 97 
 
 in Satan or the Anti-Christ, or those four 
 riders, but the Almighty gave the conqueror 
 and his assistants this authority, who speedily 
 do their work. 
 
 No human being can grasp the enormity of 
 this tragedy. Jesus Christ reveals this awful 
 destruction of life that is coming. Those four 
 riders on the four horses do not represent four 
 separate epochs, or different times in history, 
 but are four different agencies clustered to- 
 gether, and at work over one-fourth part of the 
 earth, to destroy men, women and children. 
 
THIS EUROPEAN WAR 
 
 HE first, second and third seals have 
 been opened, and this world war has 
 been in full swing for three years. Peace 
 has been taken from the earth. All na- 
 tions that are not actually in the war, are 
 talking war; and preparing for it. 
 
 The war is to spread over the fourth part of 
 the earth. All Europe is only a third part of 
 this territory. The actual killing with the 
 sword, and killing with hunger, and killing with 
 pestilence and plagues, and killing by wild 
 beasts will spread over one-fourth part of the 
 earth. The world famine is on, and none can 
 stop it until it has done its work. As the war 
 spreads, and spread it will; and the famine 
 tightens, and tighten it will; and dead and dy- 
 ing will be on every side, pestilence and plagues 
 will break out. And the wild beasts will be 
 driven by hunger to go forth to kill and devour 
 wherever they go. The cry of u Peace, Peace" 
 will avail nothing. The Lord Jesus who has 
 been trying for nineteen hundred years to win 
 men from sin and selfishness, declared when he 
 was here on Earth, concerning the very day in 
 which we live, that, u When they say peace, 
 peace, then sudden destruction cometh upon 
 
THIS EUROPEAN WAR 99 
 
 them as travail on a woman with child, and 
 they shall not escape. " 
 
 The storm has broken upon this old world 
 because of sin, and we shall surely reap what we 
 have sown. The sword and famine is actively 
 killing over a part of Europe. It is dreadful 
 beyond description. They are in great tribula- 
 tion, and want peace, but peace has actually de- 
 parted from the earth. There will be tre- 
 mendous outcries for peace, but there will be 
 no peace. There will be but one outcome of 
 this present phase of the war, and that will come 
 according to the word of the Lord. No other 
 way. Watch and you will see. 
 
 We will continue to study this wonderful 
 Book of Revelation which will tell us all we can 
 know of conditions until the final working out of 
 the problem. Many parts now rioting in pleas- 
 ure, money making and selfishness, will soon 
 know the sorrows that France, Belgium, Servia, 
 Roumania and Russia know. The whole world 
 is now in the condition that Jerusalem and 
 Judea was in the last days of Jeremiah's pro- 
 phecy. They had defied God and their sins 
 were so great and numerous that God would 
 not hear their prayers, and they had to go to 
 Babylon and die there; and their country was 
 destroyed. 
 
 Knowing the scriptures concerning our day, 
 the close of the u Time of the Gentiles," and 
 believing that the Book of Revelation is a reve- 
 lation and not a conundrum, we have constant- 
 
100 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 ly declared that Christ will not come until peace 
 is taken from the earth, because of a world war 
 such as we now have. 
 
 As soon as war was declared by Germany, 
 Russia, France and Great Britain, we announced 
 to the world that the first and second seals were 
 opened; and that the war was on that would 
 culminate in the forming of the Anti-Christ 
 kingdom; and that when the third seal should 
 be opened, famine would follow the war; and 
 that on the opening of the fourth seal, pestilence 
 would follow them. 
 
 Knowing that the Scriptures cannot be brok- 
 en, and being pressed in the spirit, we believe of 
 God, we wrote the article on pages 1 1 to 26, en- 
 titled, u The meaning and outcome of this Euro- 
 pean war," and mailed a copy of the article, 
 and a typewritten note, to each of the Rulers of 
 Europe, the President of the United States of 
 America, and the Secretary of State, on the 30th 
 day of September, 1914. 
 
 The King of Great Britain, and Secretary of 
 State of the United States of America, wrote us 
 a note of acknowledgment. The first week in 
 October, 1914, we mailed a copy of the same 
 article to each and every other Ruler on earth 
 that we know of. We also mailed a copy to 
 each of the large daily papers throughout the 
 United States and Canada, and to some of the 
 religious papers, and sent out thousands of 
 copies among the people. We believe God 
 directed us in all of this. 
 
THE ANTI-CHRIST 
 
 HE next thing we see on the program is 
 the revealing of the man of sin, or the 
 Anti-Christ. 
 
 Now we beseech you, brethren, by the 
 coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by 
 our gathering together unto Him, that 
 ye be not soon shaken in mind or be trou- 
 bled, neither by Spirit nor by word, nor by 
 letter as from us, as that the day of Christ 
 is at hand. Let no man deceive you by any 
 means : for that day shall not come except 
 there come a falling away first, and that 
 man of sin be revealed, the son of perdi- 
 tion, who opposeth and exalteth himself 
 above all that is called God, or that is 
 worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in 
 the temple of God, showing himself that 
 he is God. II Thes. 2:1-4. 
 
 The great "Falling away" refers to true holi- 
 ness of heart and life in the church. No argu- 
 ment is necessary to convince one that true piety 
 and devotion to Christ is almost a thing of the 
 past. We have a form of Godliness but deny 
 the power thereof, as the Jews had when they 
 crucified their Saviour. The churches, as well 
 as the outside world, are in a wild race after 
 
102 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 money and pleasure. "Lovers of pleasure more 
 than lovers of God." 
 
 Christ is nominally accepted, but in reality 
 rejected. Ichabod is written on the door of 
 nearly every church in the world. Woe unto the 
 Shepherds. The man of sin is already in the 
 world. He went forth when the first seal was 
 opened, before the war began. He is a Jew, of 
 the tribe of Judah, and the Jews will accept him 
 as the true Messiah when he comes to the 
 throne. TJiey will not accept any one that is 
 not of the tribe of Judah. Jesus said to the 
 Jews, "I am come in my Father's name and ye 
 receive me not: if another shall come in his own 
 name, him ye will receive." John 5:43. This 
 refers to the Anti-Christ. 
 
 He will be a mighty man of letters, science 
 and war. A demon possessed man having 
 power from Satan to do signs and wonders, suffi- 
 cient to convince the world that he is not a man, 
 but God Himself. The whole world w r ill wor- 
 ship him. They will not worship the true God, 
 but they will worship the false, because he will 
 encourage them to yield to all their passions and 
 sin to the full. This man of sin is now known 
 where he lives as a wonderful man, but neither 
 he, nor the people, know his destiny yet. He 
 will be a vile man, and shall obtain the kingdom 
 by flatteries, and u with the arms of a flood shall 
 they be overthrown from before him and shall 
 be broken, yea, also the prince of the covenant. 
 
THE ANTI-CHRIST 103 
 
 And after the league with him he shall work de- 
 ceitfully, for he shall come up, and shall become 
 strong with a small people, etc." Dan. 11 :21, 
 22, 23. 
 
 In all of this, u The wicked shall do wickedly; 
 and none of the wicked shall understand; but 
 the wise shall understand." Dan. 12:10. The 
 Anti-Christ will be recognized by the true chil- 
 dren of God, before Christ comes. When the 
 pestilence and plagues break out, you will have 
 a fuller proof that this war is the Anti-Christ 
 war, and that all other prophesied phenomena 
 will follow in proper time and order. 
 
 There will be a cessation of the tribulation 
 of those days, just before the coming of Jesus 
 Christ. u lmmediately after the tribulation of 
 those days shall the sun be darkened and the 
 moon shall not give her light, and the stars 
 shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the 
 heavens shall be shaken." [Earthquake.] 
 Matt. 24:29. 
 
 As the temp6rary cessation of war, famine 
 and pestilence comes, there will be great re- 
 joicing over the whole world. "Peace, peace," 
 will be on every lip. The nations will be already 
 planning to grasp every commercial advantage, 
 when suddenly, the earth will reel and rock 
 and tremble, until mountains and islands have 
 been moved from their places and destruction 
 shall be on every nation, city and village under 
 the sun; u And they shall not escape." The 
 
104 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 "Sudden destruction" that will come, as travail 
 upon a woman with child; and they shall not 
 escape, will be this world earthquake. I 
 Thess. 5 :3. 
 
 We are now close to the Revealing of the 
 Anti-Christ. He must be revealed to the saints 
 before Christ comes. The great tribulation in 
 which the saints will be overcome by the Anti- 
 Christ, begins with this earthquake and it closes 
 with the "Supper of the great God." Rev. 
 19:17. 
 
OPENING OF THE FIFTH SEAL 
 
 ND when he had opened the fifth seal, 
 I saw under the altar the souls of them 
 that were slain for the word of God, and 
 for the testimony which they held: And 
 they cried with a loud voice, saying, How 
 long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou 
 not judge and avenge our blood on them 
 that dwell on the earth ? And white robes 
 were given unto every one of them ; and it 
 was said unto them, that they should rest 
 yet for a little season, until their fellow- 
 servants also and their brethren, that 
 should be killed as they were, should be 
 fulfilled. Rev. 6:9-11. 
 
 This is a scene that takes place in heaven 
 before the coming of Christ, and so, before 
 the resurrection. John saw the souls of the 
 martyred saints underneath the altar in heaven. 
 "And they cried with a great voice saying, How 
 long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not 
 judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell 
 on the earth ?" Here are thinking, intelligent, 
 human spirits whose bodies are still in their 
 graves on the earth, who know something of 
 the conditions that then exist on earth; and 
 
106 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 cry out vehemently to Christ, their master, for 
 judgment to be meted out. 
 
 Observe that souls are seen under the altar. 
 The soul is the thinking, intelligent, accountable 
 man : not the body. Those had been slain, sep- 
 arated from their bodies. The souls are seen 
 under the altar. They are thinking; and now 
 enquiring of God in reference to the time when 
 sinners are to be punished; and saints are to 
 be rewarded; and reign on this earth for a 
 thousand years. "How long, O Lord'', Here 
 they are enquiring as to time. Is the time not 
 about expired? How long are we still to wait? 
 And the answer comes; "Only a little season," 
 until the last saint that shall ever be put to 
 death for his integrity to God and the Lamb, 
 shall be accomplished. And then the Kingdom 
 shall be given to the saints. 
 
 White Robes 
 
 And a white robe was given to each of them, 
 preparatory to their descent to the earth with 
 Christ at His coming, to raise and glorify their 
 bodies. "But I would not have you to be ig- 
 norant, brethren, concerning them which are 
 asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others which 
 have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus 
 died and rose again, even so them also which 
 sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him." I 
 Thes. 4:13-14. 
 
OPENING OF THE FIFTH SEAL 107 
 
 We must keep in mind the conditions of the 
 earth at this time, in connection with this heav- 
 enly scene. The world war is raging, and fam- 
 ine and pestilence destroying the people, and 
 rebellion against God is rampant. This out- 
 cry from the unresurrected saints in heaven, 
 while their bodies are still on the earth, has a 
 peculiar significance. How long is this work of 
 Satan and wicked men to continue. Is it not 
 high time for God to stop all this slaughter 
 and punish men for their wickedness? The 
 horrible conditions on earth seem to be known 
 by the saints in heaven, and causes this outcry. 
 And those souls were robed in white. This 
 robing of the saints in heaven at this juncture 
 is very significant. It comes just before the 
 resurrection of their bodies, and preparatory 
 to their descent to the earth with Christ to be 
 clothed upon with the new heavenly body, like 
 unto Christ's glorious body. I Cor. 15 :44, 48, 
 49. These are the words of God concerning 
 the souls in heaven, and the bodies on earth. 
 Robing the souls in heaven takes place under 
 the opening of the fifth seal; and the resurrec- 
 tion takes place under the opening of the sixth 
 seal. The saints on earth will know nothing 
 of the opening of the fifth seal, or this heavenly 
 scene, where the souls are all robed and ready 
 for their descent to the earth, with their Lord. 
 
 Those souls seen under the altar when the 
 fifth seal is opened, proves that the first resur- 
 
108 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 rection has not taken place yet; after the five 
 seals have been opened. And those souls under 
 the altar, could not be the persons beheaded 
 because they would not worship the beast, 
 neither his image, neither had received his 
 mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands: 
 because at this time the Anti-Christ and his 
 kingdom has not appeared; and no person has 
 yet received his mark, nor has been asked to 
 worship him, under pain of death. 
 
 The beast kingdom does not appear until 
 all the seals have been opened; and until all 
 the seven trumpets have been sounded. See 
 Rev. 11:15, and Rev. 13:16, 17. 
 
 The resurrected persons found in heaven out 
 of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and 
 nation, Rev. 5:9, 10, before the first seal was 
 opened, are the first-fruits, who came out of 
 their graves at the time Jesus arose from the 
 dead. The first resurrection will take place 
 when the sixth seal is opened. 
 
 The beheaded saints are resurrected, and ap- 
 pear on the sea of glass before the throne, hav- 
 ing the harps of God; and singing the praises 
 of God and the Lamb. Rev. 15:2-4. This is 
 after the beast has finished marking his own; 
 and has killed the saints. 
 
 The earthquake and the three signs which 
 will notify the saints of His coming, are the 
 next things on the program. 
 
OPENING OF THE SIXTH SEAL 
 
 ND I beheld when he had opened the 
 sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great 
 earthquake ; and the sun became black as 
 sackcloth of hair, and the moon became 
 as blood; And the stars of heaven fell 
 unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth 
 her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a 
 mighty wind. And the heaven departed as 
 a scroll when it is rolled together; and 
 every mountain and island were moved out 
 of their places. And the kings of the 
 earth, and the great men, and the rich 
 men, and the chief captains, and the 
 mighty men, and every bondman, and every 
 free man, hid themselves in the dens and 
 in the rocks of the mountains; And said 
 to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us 
 and hide us from the face of him that sit- 
 teth on the throne, and from the wrath of 
 the Lamb : For the great day of his wrath 
 is come; and who shall be able to stand? 
 Rev. 6:12-17. 
 
 The earthquake will come like a thunderbolt 
 from a clear sky. As it was in the days of 
 Noah; and as it was in the days of Sodom, the 
 
110 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 people were busy in all earthly pursuits of self 
 and sin, and knew not until the flood came on 
 the antedeluvians ; and the fire fell on Sodom; 
 so the world will not know until the earthquake 
 comes, and the earth reels as a drunken man. 
 Isa. 24:20. This world will be in a mad rush 
 to conclude the war; each nation in their own 
 way; to trample down their foes and build 
 themselves upon the ruins. But suddenly the 
 crash will come to every city, town and village ; 
 and the armies and navies throughout the whole 
 world. Buildings will go to pieces like egg- 
 shells. Bridges will be smashed to pieces. Rail- 
 roads torn up and covered with debris. Tele- 
 graph lines and cables torn to pieces. Moun- 
 tains and islands moved out of their places. 
 Trains all over the world ditched and destroyed, 
 and tempestuous storms at sea; the sea and 
 waves roaring. Fire will break out in all cities, 
 and their smoke shall go up as pillars toward 
 heaven. 
 
 "And I will show wonders in the heavens 
 and in the earth, blood and fire, and pillars of 
 smoke. The sun shall be turned into darkness 
 and the moon into blood before the great and 
 terrible day of the Lord come." Joel 2 :30, 31. 
 The dead and dying will be on every side, while 
 the earth rocks and reels. God shaking ter- 
 ribly the earth. "And they shall go into the 
 holes of the rocks, and into the caves of the 
 earth for fear of the Lord, and for the glory 
 
OPENING OF THE SIXTH SEAL 111 
 
 of His majesty, when He ariseth to shake ter- 
 ribly the earth." Isa. 2:19. 
 
 Black as Sackcloth 
 
 The world will be enshrouded in darkness, 
 the sun having become black as sackcloth of 
 hair, and the moon become as a blood spot, and 
 the stars falling to the earth. O ! what a time 
 that will be. Such a condition as never was 
 known on all the earth before. u But the word 
 of the Lord standeth sure." "The scriptures 
 cannot be broken." u My word shall not pass 
 away." 
 
 God's children will pass through this scene. 
 Jesus Christ speaking of it says, u Watch ye 
 therefore and pray always that ye may be ac- 
 counted worthy to escape all these things that 
 shall come to pass, and to stand before the 
 Son of Man." Luke 21:36. They are also 
 commanded to lift up their heads for their re- 
 demption (resurrection and translation) draw- 
 eth nigh. 
 
 This earthquake and signs, when they come, 
 will be proof that the sixth seal is opened. Out 
 of this awful earth confusion and destruction, 
 and the war, famine, pestilence and wild beasts 
 let loose, the first resurrection will take place, 
 and the living saints will be translated. We 
 think the world will know nothing of the trans- 
 lation, or anything of the resurrection, but will 
 
112 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 suppose the missing ones have been buried in 
 the ruins somewhere. The wicked knew noth- 
 ing of our Lord's resurrection, and they prob- 
 ably will know nothing of the first resurrection. 
 There was an earthquake before our Lord's 
 resurrection, and there will be this earthquake 
 before our resurrection. So the saints will cer- 
 tainly "Come up out of great tribulation." The 
 foolish virgins will have to go through this 
 great tribulation because they were not ready 
 for translation, at His Coming. 
 
 The signs of His coming given by our Lord 
 in Mathew, Mark and Luke, follow this earth- 
 quake, and indicate that He is at the door. 
 
 The saints are gone from the earth, the 
 spirit, soul and body of every one of them who 
 had lived upon this earth from Adam down to 
 that same day in which Jesus came and de- 
 feated death and the Devil, and took His own 
 to be where He was, "forever with the Lord," 
 with the exception of the two mentioned in 
 Rev. 11:3, "my two witnesses" whom we will 
 consider later in the order in which they are in- 
 troduced. 
 
 We call your attention to this fact that only 
 two saints are now left upon the earth. God's 
 people are the salt of the earth; and the light 
 of the world. But this salt and light is now 
 The two angels who destroyed Sodom 
 
 ajid'Gomorrah took Lot and his wife and two 
 
OPENING OF THE SIXTH SEAL 113 
 
 daughters out of Sodom and sent them to Zoar, 
 saying, "Haste thee, escape thither; for I can- 
 not do anything till thou come thither." Gen. 
 19:22. God could not destroy Noah and his 
 family with the wicked, and so he had him 
 build the Ark; but immediately after they were 
 safely shut in the Ark, and God had closed 
 the door of the Ark, the flood came and de- 
 stroyed all outside. Now that but two righteous 
 men are left upon this earth, What next? 
 
SEALING THE 144,000 
 
 ND after these things I saw four angels 
 standing on the four corners of the earth, 
 holding the four winds of the earth, that 
 the wind should not blow on the earth, 
 nor on the sea, nor on any tree. And I 
 saw' another angel ascending from the 
 east, having the seal of the living God: 
 and he cried with a loud voice to the four 
 angels to whom it was given to hurt the 
 earth and the sea, Saying, Hurt not the 
 earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till 
 we have sealed the servants of our God 
 in their foreheads. And I heard the num- 
 ber of them which were sealed: and there 
 were sealed a hundred and forty and four 
 thousand of all the tribes of the children 
 of Israel. Of the tribe of Judah were 
 sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of 
 Reuben were sealed twelve thousand. Of 
 the tribe of Gad were sealed twelve thou- 
 sand. Of the tribe of Aser were sealed 
 twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Nep- 
 thalim were sealed twelve thousand. Of 
 the tribe of Manasseh were sealed twelve 
 thousand. Of the tribe of Simeon were 
 
SEALING THE 144,000 115 
 
 sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of 
 Levi were sealed twelve thousand. Of 
 the tribe of Issachar were sealed twelve 
 thousand. Of the tribe of Zebulun were 
 sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of 
 Joseph were sealed twelve thousand. Of 
 the tribe of Benjamin were sealed twelve 
 thousand. Rev. 7:1-8. 
 
 Here are four angels, one in each of the 
 four quarters of the earth, with authority to 
 hurt the earth and the sea. They were al- 
 ready holding the wind so it could not blow 
 on the earth or the sea or on any tree. God 
 only knows what would happen to this earth 
 if there was no more wind. Probably every- 
 thing would become stagnant, and death would 
 ensue. 
 
 A fifth angel appears and calls a halt, until 
 he should seal 144,000 men in their foreheads. 
 These men are called the "Servants of God." 
 If they were the Lord's, they would have been 
 translated, for all who are the Lord's, are to 
 be, "changed in a moment, in the twinkling of 
 an eye, at the last trump." I Cor. 15-52; The 
 trump that closes the time of the Gentiles. 
 
 God calls the King of Babylon "My ser- 
 vant," when He sent the Babylonian army to 
 take Jerusalem. Jer. 25 :9 ; Jer. 27 :6 ; and Jer. 
 4:10. God calls Israel "My servant," con- 
 tinually, because He had chosen Abraham and 
 
116 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 his seed for a purpose, and He also calls them 
 a stubborn and rebellious people. They were 
 servants but not saints. The 144,000 are all 
 Abraham's seed, and so are His servants, to 
 now do His will on Earth. Twelve thousand 
 from each of the twelve tribes, and He has 
 sealed them for a purpose, at the close of the 
 'Times of the Gentiles." 
 
 Those chosen ones are to be grafted into 
 the true olive tree at the proper time. They are 
 now selected as a bunch of grafts and marked. 
 We will watch for them as we study this reve- 
 lation of Jesus Christ. They remain on earth to 
 re-populate the earth with Israelites, when the 
 rest are destroyed. "For He will destroy all 
 them that know not God." Rev. 11 :18. 
 
 The Translation 
 
 After this I beheld, and, lo, a great mul- 
 titude which no man could number, of all 
 nations, and kindreds, and people, and 
 tongues, stood before the throne, and 
 before the Lamb, clothed with white 
 robes and palms in their hands; 
 And cried with a loud voice, saying, 
 Salvation to our God which sitteth upon 
 the throne, and unto the Lamb. And 
 all the angels stood round about the 
 throne, and about the elders and the four 
 beasts, and fell before the throne on their 
 
SEALING THE 144,000 117 
 
 faces, and worshipped God, Saying, Amen : 
 
 Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and 
 
 thanksgiving, and honour, and power and 
 
 might, be unto our God forever and ever. 
 
 Amen. And one of the elders answered, 
 
 saying unto me, What are these which are 
 
 arrayed in white robes ? and whence came 
 
 they? And I said unto him, Sir, thou 
 
 knowest. And he said to me, These are 
 
 they which came out of great tribulation, 
 
 and have washed their robes, and made 
 
 them white in the blood of the Lamb. 
 
 Therefore are they before the throne of 
 
 God, and serve Him day and night in His 
 
 temple : and He that sitteth on the throne 
 
 shall dwell among them. They shall 
 
 hunger no more, neither thirst any more; 
 
 neither shall the sun light on them, nor 
 
 any heat. For the Lamb which is in the 
 
 midst of the throne shall feed them, and 
 
 shall lead them unto living fountains of 
 
 waters, and God shall wipe all tears from 
 
 their eyes. Rev. 7:9-17. 
 
 John watched the sealing of the 144,000 and 
 
 heard the number of them, and then, behold, 
 
 a great multitude which no man could number, 
 
 from all nations, and kindreds, and people and 
 
 tongues, stood before the throne, and before 
 
 the Lamb. 
 
 While the angel was sealing the 144,000 Is- 
 raelites, the Lord Jesus had raised the dead, 
 
118 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 and translated the living saints and took them 
 straight to the throne of God, and presented 
 them to His Father. And here we see them 
 rejoicing and praising God. This is the first 
 resurrection. The saints are not waiting or 
 wandering in the air, but are with God in 
 heaven ; and all the angels are present, and take 
 part in the Jubilee. And Jubilee it is, for they 
 are loosed from all sin, and bondage, and death 
 and the devil, from all earthly conditions, for- 
 evermore. ' Free ! Free ! Free ! Forever with 
 the Lord. 
 
 "Therefore are they before the throne of 
 God, and serve Him day and night in His Tem- 
 ple: and He that sitteth on the throne shall 
 dwell among them. * * * And the Lamb which 
 is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, 
 and shall lead them unto living fountains of 
 waters, and God shall wipe away all tears from 
 their eyes." 
 
OPENING OF THE SEVENTH SEAL 
 
 ND when he opened the seventh seal, 
 there followed a silence in heaven about 
 the space of half an hour. And I saw the 
 seven angels that stand before God; and 
 there were given unto them seven trum- 
 pets. And another angel came and stood 
 over the altar, having a golden censer ; and 
 there was given unto him much incense 
 that he should add it unto the prayers of 
 all the saints upon the golden altar which 
 was before the throne. And the smoke of 
 the incense, with the prayers of the saints, 
 went up before God out of the angel's 
 hand. And the angel taketh the censer; 
 and he filled it with the fire of the altar, 
 and cast it upon the earth; and there fol- 
 lowed thunders and voices, and lightnings 
 and an earthquake. Rev. 8:1-5, R. V. 
 "There was silence in heaven for half an 
 hour/' All the saints around the throne, and 
 all the angels with them in the Jubilee scene, 
 are hushed into silence for about half an hour. 
 Then seven angels that stand before God in 
 heaven were given seven trumpets. Then an- 
 other angel came and stood at God's altar in 
 
120 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 heaven, he having a golden censer, and there 
 was given unto him much incense, that he should 
 offer the incense with the prayers of all saints 
 upon the golden altar which was before the 
 throne. This is a prayer meeting of all of the 
 assembled resurrected saints before the throne 
 of God in heaven, from every nation, kindred, 
 people and tongue. After the silence for half 
 an hour, what a volume of prayer ascended to 
 God. "And the smoke of the incense, with 
 the prayers of the saints, ascended up before 
 God out of the angel's hand." This is the 
 purest of worship before the Almighty. What 
 a prayer meeting that will be, when all the 
 saints arrive at home, and stand or kneel before 
 their God, and his throne, surrounded by all 
 the angels of heaven, and worship God. 
 
 Then the angel took the censer and filled it 
 with fire from off God's altar and cast it into 
 the earth, where Satan and his followers then 
 had full control. There were voices, and thun- 
 derings, and lightnings, and as the fire struck 
 the earth, there was an earthquake. Another 
 earthquake! This is the opening of God's bat- 
 tle against a world of people who will not ac- 
 cept God's salvation. And as the rain came 
 down and drowned the people of Noah's day, 
 now God sends fire in the days of the Anti- 
 Christ. 
 
THE SEVEN TRUMPETS 
 
 ND the seven angels that had the seven 
 trumpets prepared themselves to sound. 
 And the first sounded, and there fol- 
 lowed hail and fire, mingled with blood, 
 and they were cast upon the earth : and 
 the third part of the earth was burnt up, 
 and the third part of the trees was burnt 
 up, and all green grass was burnt up. Rev. 
 8 :6-7, R. V. 
 
 This hail and fire mingled with blood, was 
 cast upon the earth; and it produced a world 
 fire that consumed all growing crops, and one- 
 third part of the trees, and the third part of the 
 cities, towns and villages and country homes. 
 This would result in a terrible world-wide fam- 
 ine. All of these judgments are world-wide. 
 
 And the second angel sounded, and as 
 it were a great mountain burning with fire 
 was cast into the sea; and the third part 
 of the sea became blood; and the third part 
 of the creatures which were in the sea 
 and had life, died; and the third part of 
 the ships were destroyed. Rev. 8 :8-9. 
 Fire again, like a mountain on fire, strikes 
 
122 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the sea, turning the third part of the sea into 
 blood, and brings death to all life in the third 
 part of the sea, and destroys all the shipping 
 in that part of the oceans. 
 
 And the third angel sounded and there 
 fell a great star from heaven, burning as 
 it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third 
 part of the rivers, and upon the fountains 
 of waters; and the name of the star is 
 called wormwood; and the third part of 
 the waters became wormwood; and many 
 men died of the waters, because they were 
 made bitter. Rev. 8:10-11. 
 
 Who can imagine the distress and dismay of 
 the people when the fresh water in the rivers, 
 creeks, ponds, lakes, reservoirs and wells, over 
 one-third part of every nation, kindred, people, 
 and tongue has been turned into wormwood? 
 Here is a series of facts, not fiction. All these 
 things will come to pass, at the time appointed. 
 
 And the fourth angel sounded, and the 
 third part of the sun was smitten, and the 
 third part of the moon, and the third part 
 of the stars; that the third part of them 
 should be darkened, and the day should 
 not shine for the third part of it, and the 
 night in like manner. Rev. 8:12, R. V. 
 
 Here is another series of facts that will 
 surely come to pass. These are things that 
 
THE SEVEN TRUMPETS 123 
 
 must shortly come to pass. Four judgments 
 have fallen on the rebellious people. Fire on 
 land and fire on the sea. The sun, moon and 
 stars smitten, and the fresh water turned to 
 wormwood, bringing dearth, famine and death. 
 
 And I beheld, and heard an angel flying 
 through the midst of heaven, saying with a 
 loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabi- 
 ters of the earth by reason of the other 
 voices of the trumpet of the three angels 
 which are yet to sound! Rev. 8 :13. 
 
 What else but woe! woe! can come to a peo- 
 ple w r ho will fight God to the last trench? 
 
OPENED THE BOTTOMLESS PIT 
 
 ND the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a 
 star fall from heaven unto the earth; 
 and to him was given the key of the bot- 
 tomless pit. And he opened the bottom- 
 leSs pit; and there arose a smoke out of 
 the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; 
 and the sun and the air were darkened by 
 reason of the smoke of the pit. And there 
 came out of the smoke locusts upon the 
 earth : and unto them was given power, as 
 the scorpions of the earth have power. 
 And it was commanded them that they 
 should not hurt the grass of the earth, 
 neither any green thing, neither any tree; 
 but only those men which have not the 
 seal of God in their foreheads. And to 
 them it was given that they should not kill 
 them, but that they should be tormented 
 five months : and their torment was as the 
 torment of a scorpion, when he striketh a 
 man. And in those days shall men seek 
 death, and shall not find it; and shall de- 
 sire to die, and death shall flee from them. 
 And the shapes of the locusts were like 
 
OPENED THE BOTTOMLESS PIT 125 
 
 unto horses prepared unto battle; and on 
 their heads were as it were crowns like 
 gold, and their faces were as the faces 
 of men. And they had hair as the hair 
 of women, and their teeth were as the 
 teeth of lions. And they had breastplates, 
 as it were breastplates of iron; and the 
 sound of their wings was as the sound of 
 chariots of many horses running to battle. 
 And they had tails like unto scorpions, 
 and there were stings in their tails; and 
 their power was to hurt men five months. 
 And they had a king over them, which is 
 the angel of the bottomless pit, whose 
 name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, 
 but in the Greek tongue hath his name 
 Apollyon. Rev. 9:1-11. 
 
 This bottomless pit is hell, and it is the melted 
 lava in the heart of this earth. The star that 
 fell to the earth was an angel sent with a key 
 to the door of the bottomless pit; and he went 
 straight to this earth and opened the door of 
 the pit; and smoke came out of the pit, shut- 
 ting out the sunlight from this earth 
 because of real smoke that filled the air. And 
 living creatures came out of the smoke upon 
 the earth. These living creatures came with 
 the smoke out of the bottomless pit where they 
 lived in fire; and they had a king over them 
 who is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose 
 
126 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in 
 the Greek tongue, his name is Apollyon. 
 
 The door to this place is opened, and the 
 inhabitants are let loose upon the earth by or- 
 ders from heaven, sending an angel and the 
 right key to open the door. These living 
 creatures, or demons, are sent to torment men 
 for five months, or, one hundred and fifty days. 
 Their torment is so terrible that men will seek 
 for death and cannot die; desire to die, and 
 death shall flee from them. These demons 
 could kill them, but God will not permit them 
 to do so ; only to torment the men who will not 
 serve God. 
 
 The 144,000 Israelites who were sealed in 
 their foreheads by an angel are among the men 
 still on the earth, and the demons were com- 
 manded of God not to touch one of them. They 
 are under the seal of the Almighty. They are 
 not the first fruits, and they are not the Bride. 
 They are human beings still in the body, se- 
 lected, marked and preserved for a purpose. 
 God will use them at the proper time. They 
 are servants of God. 
 
 The description of these creatures from the 
 pit is terrible. Their shape is like unto horses, 
 with crowns like gold on their heads. Not gold, 
 but like it; with faces like men, and long hair 
 like women, and teeth like lions, with wings and 
 tails. To chase and sting men for five months. 
 
OPENED THE BOTTOMLESS PIT 127 
 
 God, who knows that there is a Hell, and 
 Devil, will open the door of hell, and let men 
 know that there are demons and a hell, at that 
 /time. We believe that this opening of the 
 bottomless pit is to convince men of the reality 
 of demons and a literal hell. After men are 
 chased and stung by demons, and Satan in the 
 lead for one hundred and fifty days and nights, 
 wanting to die, trying to kill themselves but 
 cannot, one would think they would turn to 
 God, repenting and confessing their sins, that 
 they might be saved, for God wants to save 
 them. 
 
THE LAST WAR 
 
 NE woe is past; and, behold, there come 
 two woes more hereafter. And the sixth 
 angel sounded, and I heard a voice from 
 the four horns of the golden altar which 
 is- before God, saying to the sixth 
 angel which had the trumpet, Loose the 
 four angels which are bound in the great 
 river Euphrates. And the four angels 
 were loosed, which were prepared for an 
 hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, 
 for to slay the third part of men. And 
 the number of the army of the horsemen 
 were two hundred thousand thousand : and 
 I heard the number of them. And thus I 
 saw the horses in the vision, and them 
 that sat on them, having breastplates of 
 fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone: and 
 the heads of the horses were as the heads 
 of lions; and out of their mouths issued 
 fire and smoke and brimstone. By these 
 three was the third part of men killed, 
 by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the 
 brimstone, which issued out of their 
 mouths. For their power is in their mouth, 
 
THE LAST WAR 129 
 
 and in their tails; for their tails were like 
 unto serpents, and had heads, and with 
 them they do hurt. And the rest of the 
 men which were not killed by these plagues 
 yet repented not of the works of their 
 hands, that they should not worship devils, 
 and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, 
 and stone, and of wood: which neither 
 can see, nor hear, nor walk; neither re- 
 pented they of their murders, nor of their 
 sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of 
 their thefts. Rev. 9:12-21. 
 
 "And I heard a voice from the four horns 
 of the golden altar which is before God." 
 
 This is God commanding the sixth angel to 
 loose, or let loose a mighty force that hitherto 
 had been held in restraint; but had been pre- 
 pared for this very year, month, and day, and 
 hour, to go forth to slay the third part of men. 
 This prepared force is an army of horsemen, 
 two hundred million strong. This army was 
 bound in a country, or countries where two hun- 
 dred million men had lived and been prepared 
 for this tremendous last, and greatest war ever 
 known on earth. And the countries referred to 
 were not on this side of the great river Eu- 
 phrates, but beyond it. 
 
 The man on the white horse in Revelation 
 6 :2, went out to conquer, and to conquer. Peace 
 was taken from the earth, famine and pesti- 
 
130 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 lence came on. The Lord has taken the saints 
 out of this world, and into heaven, then the 
 judgments of God were poured out on the 
 fighting, rebellious people remaining on the 
 earth who have given themselves wholly to sin, 
 without restraint. The man on the white horse 
 must conquer the whole world. Europe, North 
 and South America, and Africa are under his 
 control at this time. All Asia, seeing the trend 
 of affairs, have prepared for the conflict; and 
 now God lets them loose. From India, Persia, 
 China, Russia, and Japan they go forth, all 
 united, and the third part of men are killed. 
 
 John saw this army go forth. He heard the 
 number of them, and describes them the best 
 he could, knowing nothing of modern warfare; 
 but he saw smoke, fire and brimstone, and 
 men dying. We believe the things described 
 as men on horses, with death-dealing power in 
 mouths and tails, will be machine guns mounted 
 on wheels. This army will go forth at the 
 time appointed; and it will go from Asia, and 
 "destroy the third part of men." The rest of 
 the men which were not killed by these plagues, 
 including all the plagues God has sent upon 
 them, repented not of the works of their hands, 
 that they should not worship devils (for they 
 will be doing this), and idols of gold, and 
 silver and brass, and stone, and of wood. 
 "Neither repented they of their murders, nor 
 
THE LAST WAR 131 
 
 of their sorceries, nor their fornication, nor of 
 their thefts." These are the sins of our day. 
 They will not repent, and without repentance 
 and turning from sin, there is no salvation. 
 
 All Asia is now awake and taking lessons 
 from Europe how to kill men. Japan is armed 
 and ready, and now training the Chinese. India 
 is, as a tiger, planning. Asiatic Russia will join 
 in with her neighbors, and by the time the 
 United States and Europe have fastened their 
 grip on all the rest of the world, Asia will be 
 ready for them. 
 
 Woe, woe to this old world. God has 
 spoken, the time has come. The closing of the 
 sixth thousand years of man's rule on earth is 
 being enacted, and the world knows it not. "O 
 ye hypocrites, ye can discern the face of the sky, 
 but can ye not discern the signs of the times ?" 
 Matt. 16:3. 
 
THE SEVEN THUNDERS 
 
 ND I saw another strong angel coming 
 down out of heaven, arrayed with a 
 cloud; and the rainbow was upon his 
 head, and his face was as the sun, and his 
 feet as pillars of fire; and he had in his 
 hand a little book open: and he set his 
 right foot upon the sea, and his left foot 
 upon the earth ; and he cried with a great 
 voice, as a lion roareth : and when he cried, 
 the seven thunders uttered their voices. 
 And when the seven thunders uttered their 
 voices, I was about to write : and I heard a 
 voice from heaven saying, Seal up the 
 things which the seven thunders uttered, 
 and write them not. Rev. 10:14, R. V. 
 
 This mighty angel has some of the appear- 
 ances of Christ. His face as the face of the 
 sun, and his feet as pillars of fire; and a rain- 
 bow was upon his head. He is Mighty: and 
 he cried with a loud voice and his cry was as 
 a lion roaring. He set his right foot on the 
 sea, his left still on the earth, indicating that 
 momentous things were about to fall on the 
 earth and sea. He stands on both. 
 
THE SEVEN THUNDERS 133 
 
 Seven thunders utter their voices; and John 
 took his pen to write down what the seven 
 thunders had said, and was forbidden to write 
 them. God from heaven said unto him, u Seal 
 up those things which the seven thunders ut- 
 tered, and write them not." These seven thun- 
 ders probably spoke of the awful things that 
 would take place during the conflict between 
 all Asia, two-thirds of the population of the 
 world, including all Mohammedans, on the one 
 side, against Europe, North and South America, 
 and Africa. Those scenes are too black for 
 contemplation. And so they are sealed up. 
 
 And the angel which I saw standing 
 upon the sea and upon the earth lifted 
 up his right hand to heaven, and sware 
 by him that liveth forever and ever, who 
 created the heaven and the things 
 that are therein, and the earth and the 
 things that are therein, and the sea and 
 the things that are therein, that there 
 shall be time no longer: but in the days 
 of the voice of the seventh angel, when 
 he is about to sound, then is finished the 
 mystery of God, according to the good tid- 
 ings which he declared to his servants the 
 prophets. Rev. 10 :5-7, R. V. 
 Then the angel lifted his hand to heaven 
 and swore by Him that liveth forever and ever, 
 the maker of all things, that there should be 
 time no longer. Man's time is up; and God's 
 
134 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 time has come. Everything now will go God's 
 way. Men will bite the dust: God shall reign. 
 The seventh angel is still to sound, and other 
 terrible closing scenes will come before us; 
 but this angel, with one foot on land and one 
 on the sea, now declares that, u ln the days of 
 the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall 
 begin to sound, the mystery of God is finished, 
 as He hath declared to His servants and proph- 
 ets." 
 
 Everything will be closed up according to 
 God's prophecy. The world has not yet been 
 fully conquered by the Anti-Christ, but the con- 
 flict is on, and Satan and his chief, the Anti- 
 Christ, must reign supreme for a time. It will 
 all be worked out under the sounding of the 
 seventh angel. 
 
THE TWO WITNESSES 
 
 ND there was given me a reed like unto 
 a rod : and the angel stood, saying, Rise, 
 and measure the temple of God, and the 
 altar, and them that worship therein. But 
 the court which is without the temple 
 leave out, and measure it not; for it is 
 given unto the Gentiles : and the holy city 
 shall they tread under foot forty and two 
 months. And I will give power unto my 
 two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a 
 thousand two hundred and threescore 
 days, clothed in sackcloth. These are the 
 two olive trees and the two candlesticks 
 standing before the God of the earth. And 
 if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth 
 out of their mouth, and devoureth their 
 enemies: and if any man will hurt them, 
 he must in this manner be killed. These 
 have power to shut heaven, that it rain 
 not in the days of their prophecy: and 
 have power over waters to turn them to 
 blood and to smite the earth with all 
 plagues, as often as they will. And when 
 they shall have finished their testimony, the 
 beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless 
 
136 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 pit shall make war against them, and shall 
 overcome them, and kill them. And their 
 dead bodies shall lie in the street of the 
 great city, which spiritually is called Sodom 
 and Egypt, where also our Lord was cru- 
 cified. And they of the people and kin- 
 dreds and tongues and nations shall see 
 their dead bodies three days and an half, 
 and shall not suffer their dead bodies to 
 be put in graves. And they that dwell 
 upon the earth shall rejoice over them, 
 and make merry, and shall send gifts one 
 to another; because these two prophets 
 tormented them that dwelt on the earth. 
 And after three days and an half the 
 Spirit of life from God entered into them, 
 and they stood upon their feet; and great 
 fear fell upon them which saw them. And 
 they heard a great voice from heaven say- 
 ing unto them, Come up hither. And they 
 ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and 
 their enemies beheld them. And the 
 same hour was there a great earthquake, 
 and the tenth part of the city fell, and 
 in the earthquake were slain of men seven 
 thousand: and the remnant were af- 
 frighted, and gave glory to the God of 
 heaven. The second woe is past, and, 
 behold, the third woe cometh quickly. 
 Rev. 11:1-14. 
 
THE TWO WITNESSES 137 
 
 "And there was given me a reed, like unto 
 a rod, and the angel stood, saying:" Prob- 
 ably the same angel that stood on the sea and 
 the earth. "Arise, and measure the temple of 
 God, and the altar, and them that worship 
 therein." The temple in Jerusalem, having 
 been rebuilt, Israelites, not Gentiles, are wor- 
 shipping therein, according to the Law of Mo- 
 ses. We believe these worshippers are the 
 144,000 sealed Israelites, and they are the 
 nominal church, the only church of God on 
 earth at this time; but they have not yet ac- 
 cepted Jesus Christ as the Messiah. They are 
 the elect remnant that shall be saved. 
 
 "But the court which is without the temple 
 leave out, and measure it not; for it is given 
 unto the Gentiles; and the holy city shall they 
 tread under foot forty and two months." This 
 is not a scene taking place, or one that has 
 taken place, but a declaration of what is to 
 take place, and continue for forty and two 
 months, not years. God is not speaking mys- 
 teriously, but plainly ; just forty and two 
 months : during the reign of the Anti-Christ. 
 
 Two Witnesses 
 
 "And I will give power unto my two wit- 
 nesses." These two witnesses will be men of 
 that day, saints of God, remaining on earth 
 for this very time and work. As God raised 
 up Moses, and John the Baptist, in their day, 
 
138 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 so He will raise up these two men, thoroughly 
 fitted for this time. God is not so limited, that 
 He must bring back Moses or Elijah. God has 
 not brought back any saint in the past, to do 
 some work that could not be done without them. 
 When He wants a man, He raises up a man 
 for that place, as He raised Abraham, Noah, 
 David, Moses, Daniel, Jeremiah and John, 
 Peter and Paul. None of these holy men were 
 brought back to earth because God had not 
 a man to fill the place. When God needs a 
 man He prepares one for the place. Neither 
 will Judas be brought back to be the Anti- 
 Christ. God only, will resurrect Judas: the 
 Devil cannot. But the Devil can find men on 
 earth bad enough to fill the place of Anti- 
 Christ. 
 
 The two witnesses are to be in place, and 
 action, for a thousand, two hundred and three- 
 score days, clothed in sackcloth. This is ex- 
 actly forty-two months, and is the same forty- 
 two months in which Jerusalem will be trodden 
 under foot by the Gentiles. These two wit- 
 nesses will be God's two candlesticks and the 
 two olive trees of that day. All other salt, and 
 light of the earth, having been taken out of the 
 world, these will stand before the God of the 
 earth. u Satan is the God of this world who 
 hath blinded the minds of them which believe 
 not." II Cor. 4:4. He and the Anti-Christ 
 
THE TWO WITNESSES 139 
 
 are to have control of this earth for three years 
 and a half, or forty-two months, as we will see 
 in another chapter; and when he is in control, 
 he will have possession of Jerusalem, and hav- 
 ing his throne there will pollute the whole city, 
 except the temple and them thaf dwell therein. 
 During this time, just forty-two months, the 
 two witnesses will shine for God. They shall 
 prophesy during the whole twelve hundred and 
 sixty days, clothed in sackcloth. No gaiety, no 
 dress parade, no trifling, no jesting, no foolish 
 talking, no compromising with the devil ! They 
 will be in dead earnest resisting evil. If any 
 man attempts to hurt them, fire will proceed 
 out of their mouths and consume him. "And 
 if any man will hurt them, he must in this way 
 be killed." These two witnesses have power 
 to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of 
 their prophecy." This rather implies that 
 there will be no rain for three years and a half, 
 or during the whole of the Anti-Christ's reign. 
 They have also "power over waters to turn 
 them to blood, and to smite the earth with all 
 plagues," as often as they will. And when 
 they shall have finished their testimony, at the 
 end of the forty-two months, and just at the 
 close of the Anti-Christ's career, "The beast 
 that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall 
 make war against them, and shall overcome 
 them, and kill them." This is the scarlet-col- 
 ored beast upon which the harlot sat. Here 
 
140 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 is the first mention of this beast that will be in 
 full control of Jerusalem and the world, at the 
 time that the two witnesses are finishing their 
 work. But as we are not considering a scene, 
 but only stating what will take place at the 
 time Jerusalem is trodden under foot of the 
 Gentiles, we will study this beast fully when 
 he appears. 
 
 Dead Bodies in the Street 
 
 "And their dead bodies shall lie in the street 
 of the great city which is spiritually called 
 Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was 
 crucified." Jerusalem at this time will be a 
 Sodom. The two witnesses are lying dead in 
 the street, and the people from different na- 
 tions then living there shall see their dead bod- 
 ies three days and a half, and shall not permit 
 their dead bodies to be put in graves; and news 
 of their death having been telegraphed all over 
 the world, all nations will "Rejoice and make 
 merry, because these two prophets tormented 
 them that dwell on the earth." The plagues 
 brought by the two witnesses have been world 
 plagues, and the world has known from whence 
 they came. Now that the two men are dead, 
 the world rejoices, supposing that their troubles 
 will cease. But after three days and a half, 
 the spirit of life from God, entered into them 
 and they stood upon their feet, and great fear 
 fell upon them that saw them. And they heard 
 
THE TWO WITNESSES 141 
 
 a voice from heaven saying unto them, u Come 
 up hither," and they ascended up to heaven in 
 a cloud; and their enemies beheld them. In 
 the same hour, there was a great earthquake, 
 in which seven thousand men were killed, and 
 part of the city destroyed. The people were 
 terrified, and acknowledged that God had done 
 this. All of this will be worked out exactly as 
 God has given it to us, and at the time ap- 
 pointed. Not a word shall fail. 
 
 u The second woe is past; and behold, the 
 third woe cometh quickly." God is now work- 
 ing fast. No more winking at sin. Man's 
 day is ending, and Christ shall reign for a 
 thousand years. 
 
CHRIST TAKES THE KINGDOM 
 
 ND the seventh angel sounded: and 
 there were great voices in heaven, saying, 
 the kingdoms of this world are become 
 the kingdoms of our Lord, and of His 
 Christ; and He shall reign forever and 
 ever. And the four and twenty elders 
 which sat before God on their seats, fell 
 upon their faces and worshipped God, say- 
 ing, We give Thee thanks, O Lord God 
 Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to 
 come; because Thou hast taken to Thee 
 Thy great power, and hast reigned. And 
 the nations were angry, and Thy wrath is 
 come, and the time of the dead, that they 
 should be judges, and that Thou shouldst 
 give reward unto Thy servants the proph- 
 ets, and to the saints, and them that fear 
 Thy name, small and great; and shouldst 
 destroy them which destroy the earth. And 
 the temple of God was opened in heaven, 
 and there was seen in His temple the ark 
 of His testament; and there were light- 
 nings, and voices, and thunderings, and 
 an earthquake, and great hail. Rev. 
 11:15-19. 
 
CHRIST TAKES THE KINGDOM 143 
 
 This is a scene in heaven. "And there were 
 great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms 
 of this world are become the kingdoms of our 
 Lord, and of His Christ; and He shall reign 
 forever and ever." When the heir to a throne 
 is crowned, there is great rejoicing by his 
 friends. There will be shouting in heaven 
 among the saints and angels when all the king- 
 doms on earth become the kingdom of God, and 
 Christ shall reign forever. No man will ever 
 reign on earth again. u The government shall 
 be upon His shoulders and His Name shall be 
 called, Wonderful, Counsellor, The Mighty 
 God, The Everlasting Father, The Prince of 
 Peace." Isa. 9:6. 
 
 And the four and twenty elders which sat 
 before God on their thrones fell upon their 
 faces and worshipped God, saying, u We give 
 Thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which 
 art, and wast, and art to come; because Thou 
 hast taken to Thee Thy great power, and hast 
 reigned." The elders are the representatives 
 of all the saints in heaven, and thus declare 
 their joy that the time has at last come, when 
 God and Christ have asserted their rights, and 
 have taken the kingdom. They also declare 
 that u The nations were angry, and Thy wrath 
 is come, and the time of the dead, that they 
 should be judged, and that Thou shouldst give 
 reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to 
 the saints, and them that fear Thy name, small 
 
144 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 and great." They also declare that the time 
 has come, that God, "Should destroy them 
 which destroy the earth." This implies that 
 the wars, raging for years, ever since the Anti- 
 Christ went forth to conquer, when peace was 
 taken from the earth, shall be stopped by God 
 destroying the men who have been, and are 
 destroying the earth. This is the work to be 
 done; not a reformation, not a sweeping revival. 
 God's wrath is come. It was mercy, patience, 
 long-suffering, pleading with sinners, "Why will 
 ye die?" Now it is wrath with the men who 
 will not repent, will not hearken, will not hear 
 God. "And there were lightnings, and voices, 
 and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great 
 hail." The earth trembles greatly as the wrath 
 of God kindles. From this time on, God and 
 the Lamb will have their way on this earth, 
 closing man's rule, or misrule, forever. 
 
THE WOMAN CLOTHED WITH THE 
 
 SUN 
 
 ND there appeared a great wonder in 
 heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, 
 and the moon under her feet, and upon 
 her head a crown of twelve stars : And 
 she being with child cried, travailing in 
 birth, and pained to be delivered. And 
 there appeared another wonder in heaven; 
 and behold a great red dragon, having 
 seven heads and ten horns, and seven 
 crowns upon his heads. And his tail drew 
 the third part of the stars of heaven, and 
 did cast them to the earth and the dragon 
 stood before the woman which was ready 
 to be delivered, for to devour her child as 
 soon as it was born. And she brought 
 forth a man child, who was to rule all 
 nations with a rod of iron: and her child 
 was caught up unto God and to His throne. 
 Rev. 12:1-5. 
 
 This woman represents the Church of God 
 in all ages, from Adam down to the last man 
 that will be washed in the Blood of Christ. 
 
 The crown of twelve stars on her head, in- 
 dicates that she is of the twelve tribes of Israel; 
 
146 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 and also is of the twelve apostles of the Lamb. 
 And this is clearly proven by Rev. 21:9-12, 
 u And there came unto me one of the seven 
 angels which had the seven vials full of the 
 seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, 
 Come hither, and I will show thee the bride 
 the Lamb's wife. And he carried me away in 
 the spirit to a great and high mountain, and 
 he showed me that great city, the holy Jerusa- 
 lem, descending out of heaven from God: and 
 her light was like unto a stone most precious, 
 even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal; and 
 had a wall great and high, and had twelve 
 gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names 
 written thereon, which are the names of the 
 twelve tribes of the children of Israel" 
 
 This is the Bride 
 
 This is the bride, the Lamb's wife, includ- 
 ing the saved people from all of the twelve 
 tribes of Israel. 
 
 "And the wall of the city had twelve founda- 
 tions, and in them the names of the twelve 
 apostles of the Lamb. Rev. 21:14. 
 
 This city is the bride, the Lamb's wife; and 
 includes the twelve apostles, who are founda- 
 tions of the true Church of God : and the twelve 
 gates of the city are the twelve tribes of Israel^ 
 or indicate that the twelve tribes of Israel are 
 there. 
 
 The Holy Spirit declares through the Apostle 
 
WOMAN CLOTHED WITH THE SUN 147 
 
 Paul, to the saints at Ephesus, u Now therefore 
 ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but 
 fellow-citizens with the saints, and of the house- 
 hold of God; and are built upon the foundation 
 of the apostles, and prophets, Jesus Christ Him- 
 self being the chief cornerstone" Eph. 2 : 19-20. 
 
 Here is positive proof that the Gentile be- 
 lievers are builded upon the same foundation; 
 and this foundation is not the apostles only, but 
 the prophets also. And these are the founda- 
 tion stones of the only true Church of God: the 
 bride the Lamb's wife, the holy Jerusalem. And 
 the woman with the moon under her feet, and 
 clothed with the sun, is the bride, the Lamb's 
 wife. 
 
 At this particular time when the woman ap- 
 peared, with the moon under her feet; and 
 clothed with the sun: all on earth who "Are 
 the Lord's" have been resurrected; and all who 
 were still in the body, and were ready for 
 heaven, have been changed "In a moment, in 
 the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump, (ex- 
 cepting the two witnesses) : for the trump shall 
 sound; and the dead shall be raised incorrupt- 
 ible, and we shall be changed." I Cor. 15:52. 
 All of these are in the resurrection state, hav- 
 ing their spiritual, heavenly bodies ; and are in 
 heaven before the throne, to be forever with 
 the Lord. Rev. 7:9-17. 
 
 Those resurrected and glorified saints, to- 
 
148 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 gether with the first-fruits, constitute the Church 
 in heaven. This Church has the moon under 
 her feet, and is clothed with the sun. Jerusa- 
 lem which is above is free, which is the mother 
 of us all. Gal. 4:26. 
 
 The Woman Represents the Church 
 
 The woman in Rev. 12:1, represents the 
 Church of Jesus Christ on earth and in heaven. 
 The saints who were in the body when their 
 Lord came, were the Church on earth of that 
 day. They had been actively at work on earth, 
 for the salvation of souls, until they were 
 changed and caught up to meet the Lord in 
 the air. The effect of their teaching; and the 
 good seed sown beside all waters, remained with 
 the unsaved on earth. Many persons were un- 
 der conviction for sinning, but had not yielded 
 themselves to God. Many foolish virgins, 
 backslidden preachers and people, were left 
 on earth, who knew the truth. Both of these 
 classes of persons are coming to the birth; but 
 are not yet born of God. 
 
 A mother being with child, and dying, the 
 child dies also. But in this case, the mother is 
 not dead, but in heaven, with the resurrected 
 body. See Rev. 7:9-17 and 8:1-4. Here we 
 see the church in heaven, the living mother, 
 praying. There was great rejoicing when they 
 first reached the throne ; later there was a great 
 silence for half an hour; and then this great 
 
WOMAN CLOTHED WITH THE SUN 149 
 
 church prayer meeting, when the incense and 
 the prayers of the saints went up to God. And 
 what were they praying about, or for? Was it 
 not for the children begotten, but not yet born, 
 and on earth? The mother is here seen "Tra- 
 vailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. 
 Rev. 12:2. The delivery would be on earth, 
 as the children were born of the Spirit. 
 
THE MAN CHILD. 
 
 HE church having been resurrected, and 
 in heaven; and the great red dragon (the 
 Devil) having been cast down to the 
 earth, stands ready to devour the child- 
 ren as soon as they are born of God; 
 and they have no mother on earth to care for 
 them. All of those persons thus truly born of 
 God, after the saints that were on earth when 
 Jesus came, are gone; and all backslidden per- 
 sons, who have wept their way back to God, 
 "Until Christ be formed in them," anew, com- 
 pose the Man-Child company. The soul is born, 
 created anew, raised to a new life at conver- 
 sion; and the body is born into the heavenly 
 state at, or in the resurrection. This Man- 
 Child could not be caught up to heaven with- 
 out being born of God, soul and body. Dead 
 people cannot go into heaven. u Ye must be 
 born again." John 3 :7. 
 
 The Two Witnesses 
 
 The two witnesses have been on earth since 
 the Lord came and raised the dead and trans- 
 lated the living saints; and they have not been 
 idle. They are the Peter and Paul of that 
 time. How can the people hear without a 
 
THE MAN CHILD 151 
 
 preacher; and how can they preach unless they 
 be sent of God? These witnesses are immune 
 to all plagues ; and the wars then raging. They 
 are super-men in the fullest sense of the word. 
 They cannot be killed, for God keeps them. 
 Fire proceeds from their mouths, and kills any 
 man that would hurt them. They are the only 
 persons who can go about witnessing for Jesus ; 
 and exhorting men to repent, and believe on 
 the Lord Jesus Christ; in that day. Other 
 men who will not take the mark, and worship 
 the beast, are put to death. They are being 
 searched for everywhere, to kill them. "Blessed 
 are the dead who die in the Lord from hence- 
 forth. " Rev. 14:13. The conditions, and per- 
 secution will be so terrible, that to die in the 
 Lord will be blessed. 
 
 Miraculous Power 
 
 These two witnesses will have power to turn 
 water into blood, and to smite the earth with 
 plagues as often as they will. And will prob- 
 ably be carried about by the Spirit, as Philip 
 was, from place to place as God wills. Angels 
 also, will be preaching at this time; and warn- 
 ing men not to take the mark of the beast. See 
 Rev. 14:9-11. Men will be exhorted not to 
 fear men, but to fear God; and make peace 
 with Him, by repentance, and faith in the Lord 
 Jesus Christ. And men will fall down before 
 God; and cry out for salvation from sin, with 
 the full knowledge that they will be put to 
 
152 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 death by the followers of the Anti-Christ, as 
 soon as they are discovered. And they will not 
 try to hide themselves to prolong life : knowing 
 that to deny Christ, to save their own lives, 
 would cause them to lose their souls and bodies 
 in hell. 
 
 Those will be awful days. But "Whosoever 
 will save his life shall lose it: and whosoever 
 will lose his life for my sake shall find it." 
 Matt. 16:25. Men will then decide whether 
 they will remain in sin with demons; and go 
 to hell; or turn to God and Christ; and die 
 as martyrs, and be forever with the Lord. 
 "Whosoever therefore shall be ashamed of me 
 and my words in this adulterous and sinful gen- 
 eration, of him also shall the Son of Man be 
 ashamed when He cometh in the glory of His 
 Father with the holy angels." Mark 8 :38. 
 
 Multitudes will come to Christ, because of 
 the words of the two witnesses; and of the 
 angels; and the awful conditions that then ex- 
 ist. Here is the birth of the "Man-Child." 
 Born of God, with the Devil and death standing 
 before them. They willingly die to save their 
 souls. And as the two witnesses later on, when 
 slain, their bodies lie unburied in the street un- 
 til God raises them to life again: so, probably 
 the members of the Man-Child company will 
 lie dead until resurrected. But God will catch 
 them up to His throne, as the gleanings of the 
 great harvest of resurrected saints; this will be 
 the closing scene of the first resurrection. See 
 
THE MAN CHILD 153 
 
 Rev. 20:4. "And I saw the souls of them that 
 were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and 
 for the word of God, and which had not wor- 
 shipped the beast, neither his image, neither 
 had received his mark upon their foreheads; 
 and they lived and reigned with Christ a thou- 
 sand years." Here the martyred saints join 
 the company heretofore resurrected, making 
 the entire company who shall rule the nations 
 with a rod of iron. See Rev. 2 :26, 27. "And 
 he that overcometh and keepeth my words unto 
 the end, to him will I give power over the na- 
 tions: and he shall rule them with a rod of 
 iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be 
 broken to shivers." 
 
 The Woman in the Wilderness 
 
 And the woman fled into the wilderness, 
 where she hath a place prepared of God, 
 that they should feed her there a thousand 
 two hundred and three-score days. And 
 there was war in heaven: Michael and 
 his angels fought against the dragon; and 
 the dragon fought and his angels, and 
 prevailed not; neither was their place 
 found any more in heaven. And the great 
 dragon was cast out, that old serpent, 
 called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiv- 
 eth the whole world; he was cast out into 
 the earth, and his angels were cast out 
 with him. And I heard a loud voice say- 
 ing in heaven, Now is come salvation, and 
 
154 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 strength, and the kingdom of our God, 
 and the power of His Christ: for the ac- 
 cuser of our brethren is cast down, which 
 accused them before our God day and 
 night. And they overcame him by the 
 blood of the Lamb, and by the word of 
 their testimony; and they loved not their 
 lives unto the death. Therefore rejoice, 
 ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. 
 Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and 
 of the sea ! for the devil is come down 
 unto you, having great wrath, because 
 he knoweth that he hath but a short time. 
 And when the dragon saw that he was 
 cast unto the earth, he persecuted the 
 woman which brought forth the man-child. 
 And to the woman were given two wings 
 of a great eagle, that she might fly into 
 the wilderness, into her place, where she 
 is nourished for a time, and times, and 
 half a time, from the face of the serpent 
 And the serpent cast out of his mouth wa- 
 ter as a flood after the woman, that he 
 might cause her to be carried away of the 
 flood. And the earth helped the woman, 
 and the earth opened her mouth, and swal- 
 lowed up the flood which the dragon cast 
 out of his mouth. And the dragon was 
 wroth with the woman, and went to make 
 war with the remnant of her seed, which 
 keep the commandments of God and have 
 
THE MAN CHILD 155 
 
 the testimony of Jesus Christ. Rev. 
 
 12:6-17. 
 
 The Church of God is often referred to 
 as a woman, or the wife of the Lamb. The 
 true Church of God is in heaven at this time. 
 No mention of the church has been made since 
 the first seal was opened. The church was sud- 
 denly and quietly removed by the Lord, as a 
 thief in the night when the sixth seal was 
 opened. The nominal church, as the Israelites in 
 the wilderness in the days of Moses, were far 
 from being holy men, but were truly selected of 
 God, and in preparation for the future. So the 
 144,000 Israelites sealed by the angel in their 
 foreheads, are now the nominal church of the 
 future, and are removed into the wilderness, 
 propably the same wilderness between Pales- 
 and Egypt "Where she hath a place prepared 
 of God that they should feed her there, a thou- 
 sand two hundred and three-score days." This 
 is the same number of days that the two wit- 
 nesses prophesy, and at the same time; while the 
 Anti-Christ army desecrates every sacred spot in 
 Jerusalem except the temple, and altar, for 
 forty and two months. Now the lines are clearly 
 drawn. God has His two witnesses in the tem- 
 ple, and its congregation have been carried 
 away on the "Two wings of a great eagle, that 
 she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, 
 where she is nourished for a time, and times, 
 and half a time (three years and a half) from 
 
156 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the face of the serpent," safe in the desert home, 
 and miraculously fed by the hand of God. 
 
 War in Heaven 
 
 "And there was war in heaven." That is 
 the heavens above this earth. This war is be- 
 tween Michael and his angels who always fight 
 for Israel; and the dragon. And the dragon 
 and his angels fought in the air above, and 
 prevailed not, but was cast down onto the earth, 
 and his angels with him. This dragon that was 
 cast down is that old serpent that deceived Eve 
 in the Garden. He is called the Devil and Sa- 
 tan. There is a Devil, and here he is in a des- 
 perate fight to keep God and Christ from tak- 
 ing this earth out of his possession, for he has 
 held it for nearly six thousand years. 
 
 "And I heard a loud voice in heaven, saying, 
 Now is come salvation, and strength, and the 
 kingdom of our God, and the power of His 
 Christ, for the accuser of our brethren is cast 
 down, which accused them before God, day and 
 night." 
 
 There is great rejoicing in heaven, for God 
 has bidden them rejoice over this casting down 
 of Satan; but woe to the inhabitants of the 
 earth, and of the sea, for the Devil has come 
 down to the earth having great wrath, having 
 been defeated, and having the knowledge that 
 he has only a short time to remain on earth 
 before he will be shut up in the bottomless 
 pit for a thousand years. The demons which 
 
THE MAN CHILD 157 
 
 are in the air at the present time, will be driven 
 down and confined to the earth, and dreadful 
 things will occur. After Satan is cast out of 
 heaven and down to the earth, he will turn 
 all his venom against the 144,000 sealed Israel- 
 ites, and will persecute them until God miracu- 
 lously transfers them from Jerusalem to their 
 wilderness home. When Satan finds that they 
 are all gone, he will make war with the rem- 
 nant of her seed; Israelites not sealed, who 
 were wholly in the dark concerning the times 
 in which they lived. They will be slaughtered 
 on every side. Satan will also "Make war on 
 the people which keep the commandments of 
 God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ." 
 We understand by this that the foolish vir- 
 gins who were left on the earth at the first res- 
 urrection, not being ready for the coming of 
 the Lord; and preachers and people who were 
 then backslidden, having a form of godliness 
 but denying the power thereof, lovers of pleas- 
 ure more than lovers of God, these during the 
 awful tribulation that came upon the earth, dis- 
 covered their mistake, repented of their sins, 
 returned to the Lord, and are at this time "keep- 
 ing the commandments of God, and have the 
 testimony of Jesus Christ." These will now 
 suffer martyrdom at the hands of the Anti- 
 Christ, and join the resurrected hosts in heaven. 
 (See Revelation 15:2, 3.) 
 
THE SEVEN-HEADED BEAST. 
 
 T is necessary that we continually keep 
 in mind where we are in the unfolding 
 of the events which must come to pass. 
 Peace which was taken from the earth 
 has not returned. War, famine and 
 pestilence are doing their work. The great 
 world earthquake, the positive sign of His com- 
 ing, has left the earth in ruins. The saints have 
 been raised up to the throne in heaven to suf- 
 fer no more, and the earth is left without the 
 salt, and light, and restraint of the saints. After 
 the saints are separated from the wicked, fire 
 falls from heaven upon the rebellious people, 
 upon the sea and upon the land. Demons were 
 let loose upon the wicked for five months, but 
 no repentance came. Then came the last great 
 struggle of the world war. All Asia against 
 the other parts of the world, in which the third 
 part of men have been killed. Now the Anti- 
 Christ, having conquered all, establishes a king- 
 dom. 
 
 And I stood upon the sand of the sea, 
 and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, 
 having seven heads and ten horns, and 
 
THE SEVEN-HEADED BEAST 159 
 
 upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his 
 heads the name of blasphemy. And the 
 beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, 
 and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and 
 his mouth as the mouth of a lion : and the 
 dragon gave him his power, and his seat 
 and great authority. And I saw one of his 
 heads as it were wounded to death; and 
 his deadly wound was healed : and all the 
 world wondered after the beast. And 
 they worshipped the dragon which gave 
 power unto the beast : and they worshipped 
 the beast, saying, Who is like unto the 
 beast? who is able to make war with 
 him? And there was given unto him a 
 mouth speaking great things and blas- 
 phemies; and power was given unto him 
 to continue forty and two months. And 
 he opened his mouth in blasphemy against 
 God, to blaspheme His name, and His 
 tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. 
 And it was given unto him to make war 
 with the saints, and to overcome them ; and 
 power was given him over all kindreds, 
 and tongues, and nations. And all that 
 dwell upon the earth shall worship him, 
 whose names are not written in the book 
 of life of the Lamb slain from the founda- 
 tion of the world. If any man have an 
 ear, let him hear. Rev. 13:1-8. 
 u And I, John, stood on the sand of the sea, 
 
160 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 and saw a beast rise up out of the sea." Daniel 
 saw four beasts come up out of the sea in his 
 vision from God, and was instructed of God 
 that the four beasts implied four Monarchies 
 that should arise in the earth, one after the 
 other, and that the Babylonian monarchy was 
 the first of the four. After that came the 
 Media Persian, then the Grecian, and then the 
 Roman. Daniel 7:1-8, 17, 28. So we have 
 learned that a beast coming up out of the sea 
 means a new kingdom. Here then is a new 
 kingdom organized out of the sea of fighting 
 millions of earth. This beast has seven heads. 
 The heads direct the body. These heads prob- 
 ably will be seven mighty men as heads of this 
 kingdom, or it may refer to seven kinds of 
 monarchies confederated in this beast power. 
 
 The beast has ten horns. Horns indicate 
 kings and governments, and this is clearly seen 
 in this beast, as each horn is crowned. Only 
 kings or emperors were crowns. Here we have 
 a new kingdom, composed of ten former king- 
 doms coming together as one monarchy, all 
 wearing crowns. All over the heads of this 
 beast is labelled, "Blasphemy." This beast was 
 like unto a leopard, spotted all over, probably 
 indicating the different nationalities composing 
 it. His feet were as the feet of a bear, indicat- 
 ing his power to tear to pieces ; and his mouth as 
 the mouth of a lion, indicating power to devour. 
 
THE SEVEN-HEADED BEAST 161 
 
 "And the dragon gave him his power." 
 The dragon is the Devil and Satan, that old 
 serpent. There is a Devil and he has tremendous 
 power, and he now gives all his power to this 
 beast kingdom. He also gives his throne to this 
 beast. 
 
 Satan's Throne 
 
 Satan has a throne and seat of government on 
 this earth. In the days of John on Patmos, 
 Satan's seat or throne was in Pergamos (Rev. 
 2:13), and men were dying as martyrs because 
 of his presence and power. In these closing 
 days Satan has his seat in Jerusalem, where the 
 temple has been rebuilt, and there he is prepar- 
 ing the way for his man, the man of sin, the Anti- 
 christ. When this new kingdom of confederated 
 nations is formed, and they have accepted the 
 man that Satan has been using for years, or 
 since the white horse went forth to conquer, 
 Satan will vacate his seat or throne and will give 
 him great authority and power. Satan will then 
 rule the world through this man of sin, who is 
 invested with demon power from this on. 
 
 After conquering the army of two hundred 
 millions from Asia; subduing the world unto 
 himself, (the third part of men having been 
 killed in the final battles, and millions in judg- 
 ment plagues), the Antichrist is finally firmly 
 seated on the Devil's throne as Supreme Ruler. 
 All the world will wonder at the beast, the man, 
 
162 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 and the kingdom with the supernatural unearth- 
 ly power manifested, and will worship the 
 dragon or Devil, which gave this mighty power 
 to the beast. u And they worshipped the beast, 
 saying, Who is like unto the beast? Who is able 
 to make war with him?" 
 
 The Antichrist is now seated in the temple 
 showing himself that he is God, and working 
 signs and wonders by the power of Satan, such 
 as was never done by man. There was given 
 unto him a mouth speaking great things and 
 blasphemies, and power was given unto him to 
 do this for forty-two months. No more, no 
 less ! This is going on at the same time the two 
 witnesses prophesy; the city is trodden down; 
 and the church is hid, and fed in the wilderness, 
 as already explained. 
 
 "And he opened his mouth in blasphemy 
 against God, to blaspheme His name and his 
 tabernacle and them that dwell in heaven. And 
 it was given unto him to make war with the 
 saints, and to overcome them." These saints 
 are all persons among the Gentiles who have 
 turned to God during the Antichrist's war of 
 conquest; and are now living. God has saved 
 their souls, but now permits the Antichrist to kill 
 their bodies. This is the punishment to all who 
 will not be ready for the coming of our King. 
 
 Repent, dear reader, and turn to God and be 
 saved now I 
 
THE SEVEN-HEADED BEAST 163 
 
 Power Given to the Antichrist 
 
 Power was given to the Antichrist over all 
 kindreds, and tongues, and nations. All these 
 shall worship the Antichrist, except the persons 
 whose names are written in the Lamb's book of 
 Life. All persons who truly repent of all their 
 sins and believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, the 
 Saviour, have their names written in this Book 
 of Life. They will not worship the beast, and 
 because they will not, he has them beheaded. At 
 this time the saints must not defend themselves, 
 for he that killeth with the sword will be killed 
 with the sword. To take the sword would not 
 save them. The Antichrist power now holding 
 the sword and leading them into captivity, will 
 in turn be taken captive by our Lord, and killed 
 by Him. Here is the patience of the saints. 
 They can die as martyrs, but cannot sfn against 
 God and man, by attempting to kill the Anti- 
 christ. 
 
THE ECCLESIASTICAL BEAST 
 
 ND I beheld another beast coming up out 
 of the earth; and he had two horns like 
 a lamb, and he spake as a dragon. And 
 he exerciseth all the power of the first 
 beast before him, and causeth the earth 
 and them which dwell therein to worship 
 the first beast, whose deadly wound was 
 healed. And he doeth great wonders, so 
 that he maketh fire come down from 
 heaven on the earth in the sight of men, 
 and deceiveth them that dwell on the earth 
 by the means of those miracles which he 
 had power to do in the sight of the beast; 
 saying to them that dwell on the earth, that 
 they should make an image to the beast, 
 which had the wound by a sword, and did 
 live. And he had power to give life unto 
 the image of the beast, that the image of 
 the beast should both speak, and cause that 
 as many as would not worship the image of 
 the beast should be killed. And he causeth 
 all, the small and the great, and the rich 
 and the poor, and the free and the bond, 
 that there be given them a mark on their 
 right hand, or upon their forehead; and 
 
THE ECCLESIASTICAL BEAST 165 
 
 that no man should be able to buy or to 
 sell, save he that hath the mark, even the 
 name of the beast or the number of his 
 name. Here is wisdom. He that hath 
 understanding, let him count the number of 
 the beast; for it is the number of a man: 
 and his number is Six Hundred and Sixty 
 and Six. Revelation 13 :1 1-1 8. R. V. 
 
 This second beast did not come up out of a 
 sea of warring men, but came up out of the 
 earth in quietness, unobserved as a plant grow- 
 ing up ; but it came as surely. It had two horns, 
 small like a lamb. It seemed perfectly harmless, 
 but spoke as a dragon or Devil. He had all the 
 power, and used all the powers of the first beast 
 who came before him. This is ecclesiastical 
 power. The Antichrist church will have a great 
 man at its head, who will be known as a Prophet 
 but he will be a false prophet, the Devil's 
 prophet. He will exercise all the power of the 
 Beast kingdom and cause all on earth to worship 
 the first beast, or Antichrist. Here is Church 
 and State working hand in hand. This second 
 Beast does great wonders, even making fire 
 come down from heaven on the earth in the sight 
 of men. These miraculous manifestations and 
 signs will be wrought so as to deceive men; to 
 deceive all but the children of God who know 
 the Scriptures and know God. 
 
166 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 Image Worship 
 
 He also commands that an image be made of 
 the Antichrist; and when the image is completed, 
 he gives it power to speak. Probably some 
 mechanical, automatic contrivance is installed 
 so that the image will move about and speak, 
 for there will be much deception in all that he 
 does. u He deceiveth the people." 
 
 The false prophet by Satanic power causeth 
 that as many as would not worship the Image of 
 the Beast should be killed ( Rev. 13:15). This 
 reminds one of the golden Image that 
 Nebuchadnezzar set up in the plains of Dura, in 
 Daniel's day. Again, this second beast, eccle- 
 siastical power, causeth all, both small and great, 
 rich and poor, slaves and masters, to receive a 
 mark in their right hand (the one with which we 
 do business) , or in their foreheads (where it can 
 be seen easily) , and that no man might buy or 
 sell except he that had the mark, or the name of 
 the beast, or the number of his name. Rev. 
 13:16-17. 
 
 Mark of the Beast 
 
 No man has yet received the mark of the 
 beast, nor can receive the mark until the Anti- 
 christ is on the throne, and his church is in 
 power; and the command to go forth from the 
 False Prophet, to mark his own true followers, 
 so they will be known on sight, and so that those 
 who do not hold allegiance to the Church and 
 
THE ECCLESIASTICAL BEAST 167 
 
 the Government may be discovered: and as 
 people must buy and sell or starve, all will be 
 forced by hunger to show themselves. This 
 marking will probably be tattooing into the skin 
 with needle and ink, a mark or name or number 
 of the beast, whatever the beast decides upon. 
 These three forms of marking will doubtless 
 indicate different classes of the Antichrist's fol- 
 lowers, such as Priests, officers and subjects. 
 
 Matters become exceedingly serious for God's 
 children of those days. Some who would not 
 worship the image have been killed. Some have 
 not been discovered. The drive is on to find 
 them. The faithful ones are praying. An en- 
 forced fast is coming upon them. Food that has 
 been scarce is running out; in some cases has run 
 out many days since. Some have yielded and 
 taken the mark to get bread. Some are think- 
 ing of doing so, because of the tears of wives 
 and children. Some have actually starved to 
 death, and many are starving. At this time no 
 preacher dare call the saints together to encour- 
 age and strengthen them. That would expose 
 them to sudden death which would be just what 
 the Antichrist would rejoice in. What shall the 
 trembling, starving, sometimes wavering saints 
 do? 
 
ANGELS PREACHING 
 
 ND I looked and lo, a Lamb stood 
 on the mount Zion, and with him a hun- 
 dred and forty and four thousand, hav- 
 ing his Father's name written in their 
 foreheads. And I heard a voice from 
 heaven, as the voice of many waters, and 
 as the voice of a great thunder: and I 
 heard the voice of harpers harping with 
 their harps : and they sung as it were a new 
 song before the throne, and before the four 
 beasts, and the elders : and no man could 
 learn that song but the hundred and forty 
 and four thousand, which were redeemed 
 from the earth. These are they which were 
 not defiled with women; for they are vir- 
 gins. These are they which follow the 
 Lamb whithersoever he goeth. These 
 were redeemed from among men, being the 
 first-fruits unto God and to the Lamb. And 
 in their mouth was found no guile: for 
 they are without fault before the throne of 
 God. And I saw another angel fly in the 
 midst of heaven, having the everlasting 
 gospel to preach unto them that dwell on 
 the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, 
 
ANGELS PREACHING 169 
 
 and tongue, and people, saying with a loud 
 voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; 
 for the hour of his judgment is come; and 
 worship him that made heaven, and earth, 
 and the sea, and the fountains of waters. 
 And there followed another angel, saying, 
 Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, 
 because she made all nations drink of the 
 wine of the wrath of her fornication. And 
 the third angel followed them, saying with 
 a loud voice, If any man worship the beast 
 and his image, and receive his mark in his 
 forehead, or in his hand, the same shall 
 drink of the wine of the wrath of God, 
 which is poured out without mixture into 
 the cup of his indignation ; and he shall be 
 tormented with fire and brimstone in the 
 presence of the holy angels, and in the 
 presence of the Lamb: and the smoke of 
 their torment ascendeth up forever and 
 ever : and they have no rest day nor night, 
 who worship the beast and his image, and 
 whosoever receiveth the mark of his name. 
 Rev. 14:1-11. 
 
 All heaven is stirred over the conditions on 
 earth. The wavering ranks of saints must be 
 strengthened. The devil must be defeated. 
 "And I looked, and lo, a Lamb stood on Mount 
 Zion, and with Him a hundred and forty and 
 four thousand, having his Father's name written 
 
170 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 in their foreheads." Here are all the persons 
 who came out of their graves when Jesus arose 
 from the dead, led by their Lord, having his 
 Father's name written in their foreheads; harp- 
 ing on their harps and singing the new song that 
 none but they can sing. They are singing 
 around the throne in heaven. It sounded like 
 great thunder and many waters. Angels are 
 sent out to do the preaching. Three different 
 classes of angels follow each other in proper 
 order, visiting each and every halting, wavering 
 saint on earth. u Having the everlasting gospel 
 to preach to them that dwell on the earth, and 
 to every nation and kindred and tongue and peo- 
 ple, saying with a loud voice, Fear God and give 
 glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is 
 come : and worship Him that made heaven and 
 earth and the sea, and the fountains of waters." 
 That means, do not worship this devil-controlled 
 man who says he is God. 
 
 The next angel that calls to strengthen the 
 brethren cries out, "Babylon is fallen, is fallen, 
 that great city, because she made all nations 
 drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornica- 
 tion." All nations have been drinking ever since 
 Cain killed his brother, and all have been drink- 
 ing since the war began in 1914; but the Baby- 
 lonian rule will soon be over. Its end is now 
 being announced by angels. 
 
 u And the third angel follows, saying with a 
 loud voice." These angels are greatly stirred 
 
ANGELS PREACHING 171 
 
 and speak to stir the saints, saying, "If any man 
 worship the beast and his image, and receive his 
 mark in his forehead, or in his hand, the same 
 shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, 
 which is poured out without mixture into the 
 cup of His indignation; and he shall be tor- 
 mented with fire and brimstone in the presence 
 of the holy angels, and in the presence of the 
 Lamb ; and the smoke of their torment ascend- 
 eth up forever and ever, and they have no rest 
 day nor night who worship the beast and his 
 image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his 
 name." This preaching by the angels will make 
 every saint courageous and fearless of death. 
 At this time all the teeming millions who have, 
 or who now take the mark of the beast and wor- 
 ship the image, seal their own damnation for- 
 ever. 
 
 The wavering saints are strengthened, and 
 stand firm in the faith, seeing that their suffer- 
 ing will soon be over; and they will enter into 
 the "exceeding and eternal weight of glory." 
 
 They positively refuse to receive the mark; 
 and willingly die, believing in the Lord Jesus 
 Christ. 
 
THE FALSE PROPHET 
 
 HE False Prophet is not the Antichrist, 
 but will be the chief man or Ruler of the 
 Antichrist church. He will probably be a 
 man at the head of one of the churches on 
 earth that can swing the largest number 
 of men into line. He may be the Mohammedan 
 leader or the Pope, but when he accepts the 
 position, Satan will take full possession of him, 
 as he did of Judas Iscariot, and he will be em- 
 powered by Satan to do signs and wonders, and 
 to deceive the whole world. 
 
 And I heard a voice from heaven saying 
 unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which 
 die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, 
 saith the Spirit, that they may rest from 
 their labours; and their works do follow 
 them. And I looked, and behold a white 
 cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto 
 the Son of Man, having on his head a 
 golden crown, and in his hand a sharp 
 sickle. And another angel same out of the 
 temple, crying with a loud voice to him that 
 sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and 
 reap : for the time is come for thee to reap ; 
 
THE FALSE PROPHET 173 
 
 for the harvest of the earth is ripe. And 
 he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle 
 on the earth; and the earth was reaped. 
 Rev. 14:13-16. 
 
 u Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord 
 from henceforth." The henceforth has refer- 
 ence to the conditions then existing. To take 
 the mark in order to get bread and live until the 
 end of the three and a half-year period, will 
 mean hell, with the devil forever and ever. To 
 refuse to take the mark is to be hunted as a rat 
 or rabbit by dogs until destroyed. The only 
 other alternative is to u Die in the Lord." To 
 stand firm in the faith, washed and cleansed in 
 the Blood of the Lamb; not counting life dear 
 unto them; waiting patiently until death by 
 starvation, or by being taken out of the body by 
 the Lord, or by martyrdom ; this alone will re- 
 lease them from a hell on earth, to the paradise 
 above. "From henceforth," from that time on, 
 to die in the Lord is sought for, is desired, is 
 the most blessed thing that could come to the 
 saints in hiding from the hosts of the Antichrist. 
 
 "And I looked, and behold a white cloud, 
 and upon this cloud sat one like unto the Son of 
 Man." One like unto the Son of Man, having 
 on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a 
 sharp sickle. John does not say that this was 
 the Son of Man; and it seems, quite improper, 
 that an angel should come out of the temple, cry- 
 
174 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 ing with a loud voice to the Son of God; and 
 commanding Him to thrust in His sickle, and 
 reap the harvest of the earth. 
 
 This angel, who gives the command, is said 
 to be another angel, which seems to imply that 
 the one who sat on the white cloud with a sharp 
 sickle in his hand, was also an angel, although 
 he was like unto the Son of Man, and had a 
 crown on his head. 
 
 It will, be well to remember that the saints 
 have been resurrected and caught up to be with 
 God, on the sea of glass, before the throne; 
 and that all the saints are now like unto the Son 
 of Man, and wear crowns. This is God's 
 reaper sent to gather in all the saints of that day. 
 For the harvest of the earth is ripe; and he 
 thrust in his sickle and the earth was reaped. 
 Observe that this comes at the close, or near the 
 close of the Antichrist's forty-two months' reign, 
 while he is making his drive to exterminate all 
 who will not worship him, and at the same time 
 when the two witnesses fall before his mighty 
 onslaught. All the unrepentant world rejoice 
 that the troubles of the people, the fanatics, the 
 heretics, the holy rollers, are gone. But God 
 has taken them unto Himself. 
 
 The Last Overcomers. 
 
 I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled 
 with fire : and them that had gotten the vic- 
 tory over the beast, and over his image, 
 
THE FALSE PROPHET 175 
 
 and over his mark, and over the number of 
 his name, stand on the sea of glass, having 
 the harps of God; and they sing the Song 
 of Moses, the servant of God, and the Song 
 of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvelous 
 are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just 
 and true are thy ways, thou King of saints. 
 Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and 
 glorify thy Name? For thou only art 
 Holy : for all nations shall come and wor- 
 ship before thee; for thy judgments are 
 made manifest. Rev. 15:2-4. 
 Here we see all the saints who had turned to 
 God after Jesus Christ had come and taken His 
 own. They have gone through the great tribu- 
 lation, and have refused the mark of the beast. 
 They did not worship the beast or his image. 
 They have overcome him by the Blood of the 
 Lamb, and they have resisted unto blood, striv- 
 ing against sin. And now they are on the same 
 sea of glass before the throne, where we saw all 
 the saints and angels in Revelation 7 :9-10, prais- 
 ing God. This reaping does not refer to the 
 death of the body only. John sees the saints 
 who refused to receive the mark, no matter how 
 they died, in the same resurrection state, and 
 place, as he saw the great multitude from every 
 nation, kindred, people, and tongue who came 
 up in the first resurrection; all standing before 
 the throne with their harps, rejoicing and prais- 
 ing God. The great multitude that went up 
 
176 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 after the opening of the sixth seal knew nothing 
 of the sorrows and tortures that had fallen upon 
 these last overcomers, who had gotten the vic- 
 tory over the Antichrist, loving not their lives 
 unto death. These are the gleanings of the har- 
 vest, and the last human beings to have part in 
 the first resurrection. 
 
 We get another glimpse of these overcomers 
 at the time Satan is bound and shut up in the 
 bottomless pit for a thousand years, in Revela- 
 tion 20 :4. 
 
 And I saw the souls of them that were 
 beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for 
 the Word of God, and which had not wor- 
 shipped the beast, neither his image, neither 
 had received his mark upon their fore- 
 heads, or in their hands, and they lived and 
 reigned with Christ a thousand years. 
 
 This is the Millenial reign on this earth. 
 These had been beheaded. This will be the 
 mode of killing under the Antichrist. These 
 have gone through the whole of the great tribu- 
 came up out of the great tribulation before the 
 lation. The great company in Revelation 7 :9, 
 Antichrist was seated on his throne. 
 
THE DESTRUCTION OF THE WICKED 
 
 ND another angel came out of the temple 
 which is in heaven, he also having a sharp 
 sickle. And another angel came out from 
 the altar, which had power over fire ; and 
 cried with a loud cry to him that had the 
 sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp 
 sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of 
 the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe. 
 And the angel thrust in his sickle into the 
 earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, 
 and cast it into the great winepress of the 
 wrath of God. And the winepress was 
 trodden without the city, and blood came 
 out of the winepress, even unto the horse 
 bridles, by the space of a thousand and six 
 hundred furlongs. Rev. 14:17-20. 
 
 Now that God's harvest and gleaning time is 
 over, and all the saints are gathered home, here 
 is another reaper with a sharp sickle. He comes 
 to reap what is left after the saints are all gone. 
 For they are fully ripe ; ripe in sin, and ripe for 
 destruction. They are cast into u the great wine- 
 press of the wrath of God," and the winepress 
 was trodden without the city, and blood came out 
 
178 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by 
 the space of a thousand and six hundred fur- 
 longs. Here is a stream of blood that indicates 
 the destruction of hundreds of millions of 
 human beings, cast into the great winepress of 
 the wrath of God : men who have become desper- 
 ately wicked; men who defy God to His face, 
 and curse Him ; men who will not be saved. 
 
 When the Lord Jesus shall be revealed 
 from heaven with His mighty angels in 
 flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that 
 know not God, and that obey not the gos- 
 pel of our Lord Jesus Christ: who shall be 
 punished with everlasting destruction from 
 the presence of the Lord, and from the 
 glory of His power; when He shall come 
 to be glorified in His saints, and to be ad- 
 mired in all them that believe in that day. 
 2Thes. 1:7-10. 
 
THE SEVEN LAST PLAGUES. 
 
 ND I saw another sign in heaven, great 
 and marvellous, seven angels having the 
 seven last plagues ; for in them is filled up 
 the wrath of God. And I saw as it were a 
 sea of glass mingled with fire : and them 
 that has gotten the victory over the beast, 
 and over his image, and over his mark, and 
 over the number of his name, stand on the 
 sea of glass, having the harps of God. And 
 they sing the Song of Moses the servant of 
 God, and the Song of the Lamb, saying, 
 Great and marvellous are thy works, Lord 
 God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, 
 thou King of saints. Who shall not fear 
 thee, O Lord, and glorify thy name? for 
 thou only art holy: for all nations shall 
 come and worship before thee; for thy 
 judgments are made manifest. And after 
 that I looked, and, behold, the temple of 
 the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven 
 was opened : And the seven angels came 
 out of the temple, having the seven plagues, 
 clothed in pure and white linen, and having 
 their breasts girded with golden girdles. 
 And one of the four beasts gave unto the 
 seven angels seven golden vials full of the 
 
180 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 wrath of God, who liveth forever and ever. 
 And the temple was filled with smoke from 
 the glory of God, and from his power; and 
 no man was able to enter into the temple 
 till the seven plagues of the seven angels 
 were fulfilled. Rev. 15:1-8. 
 
 The seven angels with the seven vials filled 
 with the wrath of God, now come to do their 
 work. The saints who had gotten the victory 
 over the Antichrist are before the throne in 
 heaven, having the harps of God, resurrected 
 and glorified, and singing the song of Moses 
 and the song of the Lamb. Two songs ! Deliv- 
 erance from the Antichrist, and cleansing by the 
 blood of the Lamb ! Now that the saints are 
 all gathered off the earth, an angel is sent to 
 reap the haters of God, and cleanse the earth, 
 restoring all things, that the earth may have her 
 sabbath, and Christ and His saints may reign 
 during the seven-thousandth year. The seven 
 angels having the seven last plagues are clothed 
 in pure white linen, having their breasts girded 
 with golden girdles. They go forth to slay 
 men. Their white robes and golden girdles 
 indicate that this slaying of men is righteous 
 judgment upon men who have persistently 
 defied God, and destroyed God's people from 
 the earth. Observe that these are the seven last 
 plagues. We are rapidly nearing the close of 
 this great tragedy. 
 
THE SEVEN PLAGUES 181 
 
 Full of the Wrath of God 
 
 u And one of the four living creatures at the 
 throne gave unto the seven angels seven golden 
 bowls full of the wrath of God who liveth for- 
 ever and ever." O, think of the wrath of God! 
 Who can stand before the wrath of God? 
 
 u And the temple was filled with smoke from 
 the glory of God and from His power and no 
 man was able to enter into the temple till the 
 seven plagues of the seven angels were ful- 
 filled." The temple was open at this time as 
 the angels came out, but no man can enter into 
 the temple in heaven until God finishes His work 
 on earth, dealing with sin and putting down 
 rebellion. 
 
 And I heard a great voice out of the 
 temple saying to the seven angels, Go your 
 ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath 
 of God upon the earth. And the first 
 went, and poured out his vial upon the 
 earth ; and there fell a noisome and griev- 
 ous sore upon the men which had the mark 
 of the beast, and upon them which wor- 
 shipped his image. And the second angel 
 poured out his vial upon the sea; and it 
 became as the blood of a dead man; and 
 every living soul died in the sea. And the 
 third angel poured out his vial upon the 
 rivers and fountains of waters; and they 
 became blood. And I heard the angel of 
 
182 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the waters say, Thou art righteous, O 
 Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, 
 because thou hast judged thus. For they 
 have shed the blood of saints and prophets, 
 and thou hast given them blood to drink; 
 for they are worthy. And I heard another 
 out of the altar say, Even so, Lord God 
 Almighty, true and righteous are thy judg- 
 ments. And the fourth angel poured out 
 his vial upon the sun; and power was given 
 unto him to scorch men with fire. And 
 men were scorched with great heat, and 
 blasphemed the name of God, which hath 
 power over these plagues: and they re- 
 pented not to give Him glory. Rev. 
 16:1-9. 
 
 A great voice from God, "Go your ways," 
 and the first bowl was poured out. u And there 
 fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men 
 which had the mark of the beast, and upon them 
 which worshipped his image." This grievous 
 sore will probably be similar to the sore that fell 
 upon Job, causing him such anguish. And it fell 
 upon the men who had the mark of the beast. 
 
 "And the second angel poured out his bowl 
 upon the sea ; and the sea became as the blood 
 of a dead man." That would be stagnant blood 
 so that every living creature in the sea died. 
 Under the sounding of the second trumpet, the 
 third part of the sea turned to blood, and the 
 third part of the creatures in the sea died. Now 
 
THE SEVEN PLAGUES 183 
 
 all the sea becomes stagnated blood, and every 
 remaining living creature dies. Can you grasp 
 such a scene as the oceans turned into stagnant 
 blood, full of dead carcasses of all things that 
 had lived in the sea? 
 
 u And the third angel poured out his bowl 
 upon the rivers and lakes, and fountains of 
 fresh waters, and they became blood." God 
 turned all the waters of Egypt into blood in the 
 days of Moses (Genesis 7:19-20), now He 
 turns all fresh water on earth into blood. 
 
 "And I heard the angel of the waters say, 
 Thou art righteous, O Lord, which art, and 
 wast, and shall be, because thou hast judged 
 thus. For they have shed the blood of saints 
 and prophets, and thou hast given them blood 
 to drink, for they are worthy." This was said 
 of the men who had killed all the saints on earth 
 of that time, and God's wrath in giving them 
 blood to drink is commended as a righteous 
 punishment. 
 
 c< And the fourth angel poured out his bowl 
 upon the sun, and the sun scorched men with 
 fire." Dreadful suffering will result from this 
 plague, bringing death; yet the earth dwellers 
 upon being scorched by the sun, blasphemed the 
 name of God and repented not of their sins, nor 
 asked forgiveness of God. 
 
 And the fifth angel poured out his vial 
 upon the seat of the beast; and his king- 
 dom was full of darkness ; and they gnawed 
 
184 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 their tongues for pain, and blasphemed the 
 God of heaven because of their pains and 
 their sores, and repented not of their deeds. 
 And the sixth angel poured out his vial 
 upon the great river Euphrates; and the 
 water thereof was dried up, that the way 
 of the kings of the East might be prepared. 
 And I saw three unclean spirits, like frogs, 
 come out of the mouth of the dragon, and 
 out of the mouth of the beast, and out of 
 the mouth of the false prophet. For they 
 are the spirits of devils, working miracles, 
 which go forth unto the kings of the earth 
 and of the whole world, to gather them to 
 the battle of that great day of God 
 Almighty. Behold, I come as a thief. 
 Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth 
 his garments, lest he walk naked, and they 
 see his shame. And he gathered them to- 
 gether into a place called in the Hebrew 
 tongue Armageddon. And the seventh 
 angel poured out his vial into the air; and 
 there came a great voice out of the temple 
 of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is 
 done. And there were voices, and thun- 
 ders, and lightnings ; and there was a great 
 earthquake, such as was not since men were 
 upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, 
 and so great. And the great city was 
 divided into three parts, and the cities of 
 the nations fell: and great Babylon came 
 
THE SEVEN PLAGUES 185 
 
 in remembrance before God, to give unto 
 her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of 
 his wrath. And every island fled away, 
 and the mountains were not found. And 
 there fell upon men a great hail out of 
 heaven, every stone about the weight of a 
 talent: and men blasphemed God because 
 of the plague of the hail; for the plague 
 thereof was exceeding great. Rev. 
 16:10-21. 
 
 What an awful condition the people are now 
 in. A noisome and grievous sore breaks out on 
 their bodies. The seas are full of rottenness and 
 stench fills the air. Only blood to drink, the sun 
 scorching them, and the heat smothering them. 
 And they gnawed their tongues for pain. In all 
 this we see there is no repentance, no turning 
 from sin, no asking for mercy. These are all 
 demon-possessed people, who sold themselves, 
 soul and body, to the devil when they took the 
 mark of the beast and worshipped the Anti- 
 christ, the Man of Sin. 
 
 "And the sixth angel poured out his bowl 
 upon the great river Euphrates. " And the 
 waters of the river were dried up so armies 
 from the east could pass over to Jerusalem to 
 the great closing battle of God Almighty. And 
 the demon spirits went forth from Satan, and 
 from the Antichrist, and from the false 
 prophet, to deceive the Kings of the Earth, and 
 
186 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 gather them to the place of final destruction. 
 And they were gathered into a place called 
 Armageddon. 
 
 "And the seventh angel poured out his bowl 
 into the air, and there came a great voice out of 
 the temple in heaven, from the throne, saying, 
 It is done." 
 
 All these are facts. No fiction here. The 
 seven last plagues have been poured out and 
 men are dead and dying on every side, but will 
 not yield to God; will not repent. 
 
 Last Earthquake 
 
 "And there were voices, and thunderings, and 
 lightnings, and there was a great earthquake, 
 such as was not since men were upon the earth, 
 so mighty an earthquake and so great." 
 
 This roar of voices and power was from God. 
 And every Island fled away, and the mountains 
 disappeared, probably sank back, or down, from 
 whence they had been upheaved when sin first 
 came into the world. The earth shall again 
 become a plain. Another earthquake, "Such as 
 was not since men were upon the earth, so 
 mighty an earthquake, and so great." 
 
 When the sixth seal was opened, there was an 
 earthquake that moved every island and every 
 mountain out of their places. A world earth- 
 quake. When the last of "the seven last 
 plagues" was poured out, this greatest earth- 
 quake that ever was since man was upon the 
 earth, occurs. And every island fled away, and 
 
THE SEVEN PLAGUES 187 
 
 every mountain disappeared. A second time the 
 whole world is laid waste. Man's attempt to re- 
 build the earth after the first terrible earth- 
 quake, is thwarted. All is again lying in ruins. 
 All u The Cities of the nations fell; and great 
 Babylon came in remembrance before God, to 
 give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierce- 
 ness of His wrath. " And Jerusalem was di- 
 vided into three parts. And there fell upon men 
 a great hail out of heaven, each stone about the 
 weight of a talent. And men continued to blas- 
 pheme God because of the plague of the hail, 
 for the plague thereof was exceeding great. All 
 these plagues and suffering fail to bring men to 
 repentance ; there was no turning to God. How 
 desperately wicked men have become in these 
 last days. All of this is just ahead of us and 
 soon will be enacted in this great world drama. 
 This generation will not pass away until all 
 these things are fulfilled. "Behold I come as a 
 thief, blessed is he that watcheth and keepeth 
 his garments, lest he walk naked and they see 
 his shame." 
 
 As a result of this earthquake the city of Jeru- 
 salem w r ill be divided into three parts, and all 
 the cities of the different nations will fall. 
 Heaven and earth will shake and tremble before 
 the wrath of an angry God, but wicked men will 
 curse on. 
 
 "And Babylon came in remembrance before 
 God to give unto her the cup of the wine of the 
 
188 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 fierceness of His wrath." Fiercer wrath than 
 has yet been seen will soon fall on Babylon. God 
 cannot lie ; all these statements are facts. The 
 scarlet-colored beast is not present at this time 
 but will, at the appointed time, supplant the 
 leopard beast now in existence. We are nearing 
 the close of the time of the leopard beast, and 
 the appearing of the scarlet-colored beast men- 
 tioned in Revelation 17, who is an eighth, but 
 is of the ^seventh beast. All men now carry 
 the mark of the beast, having killed all who 
 would not receive the mark, and worship the 
 image. And God has sent forth the seven 
 angels to pour out the last seven plagues upon 
 them. 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST. 
 
 ND there came one of the seven angels 
 that had the seven bowls, and spake with 
 me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee 
 the judgment of the great harlot that sit- 
 teth upon many waters; with whom the 
 kings of the earth committed fornication, 
 and they that dwell in the earth were made 
 drunken with the wine of her fornication. 
 And he carried rne away in the Spirit into 
 a wilderness : and I saw a woman sitting 
 upon a scarlet-colored beast, full of names 
 of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten 
 horns. And the woman was arrayed in 
 purple and scarlet, and decked with gold 
 and precious stone and pearls, having in 
 her hand a golden cup full of abominations, 
 even the unclean things of her fornication, 
 and upon her forehead a name written, 
 Mystery, Babylon the Great, the mother 
 of the harlots and of the abominations of 
 the earth. And I saw the woman drunken 
 with the blood of the saints, and with the 
 blood of the martyrs of Jesus. And when 
 I saw her, I wondered with a great won- 
 der. And the angel said unto me, Where- 
 fore didst thou wonder? I will tell thee 
 
190 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the mystery of the woman, and of the beast 
 that carrieth her, which hath the seven 
 heads and the ten horns. The beast that 
 thou sawest was, and is not; and is about 
 to come up out of the abyss, and to go into 
 perdition. And they that dwell on the earth 
 shall wonder, they whose name hath not 
 been written in the book of life from the 
 foundation of the world, when they behold 
 the beast, how that he was, and is not, and 
 shall come. Here is the mind that hath 
 wisdom. The seven heads are seven 
 mountains, on which the woman sitteth: 
 and they are seven kings; the five are 
 fallen, the one is, the other is not yet come; 
 and when he cometh, he must continue a 
 little while. And the beast that was, and 
 is not, is himself also an eighth, and is of 
 the seven; and he goeth into perdition. 
 And the ten horns that thou sawest are ten 
 kings, who have received no kingdom as 
 yet; but they receive authority as kings, 
 with the beast, for one hour. These have 
 one mind, and they give their power and 
 authority unto the beast. These shall war 
 against the Lamb, and the Lamb shall 
 overcome them, for he is Lord of lords, 
 and King of kings; and they also shall 
 overcome that are with him, called and 
 chosen and faithful. And he saith unto 
 me, the waters which thou sawest, where 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST 191 
 
 the harlot sitteth, are peoples, and multi- 
 tudes, and nations, and tongues. And the 
 ten horns which thou sawest, and the beast, 
 these shall hate the harlot, and shall make 
 her desolate and naked, and shall eat her 
 flesh, and shall burn her utterly with fire. 
 For God did put in their hearts to do his 
 mind, and to come to one mind, and to give 
 their kingdom unto the beast, until the 
 words of God should be accomplished. 
 And the woman whom thou sawest is the 
 great city, which reigneth over the kings 
 oftheearth. Rev. 17:1-18. R. V. 
 
 The destruction of Babylon is the closing 
 scene in this whole work of destroying them that 
 destroy the earth. u ln her (Babylon), was 
 found the blood of prophets and of saints and 
 of all that were slain upon the earth." Rev. 
 18:24. 
 
 If a great city should be built upon the an- 
 cient site of old Babylon, and that city duplicated 
 in all points and particulars, to be destroyed at 
 the proper time, could it be truthfully said of the 
 one thus built, that u ln it was found the blood 
 of prophets, and saints and of all that were slain 
 upon the earth ?" Or if the Roman Catholic 
 Church should be annihilated, and the City of 
 Rome also, could it be truthfully said that in 
 them had been found the blood of all that had 
 been slain on earth? God, who cannot lie, de- 
 
192 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 clares that in the Babylon we are about to con- 
 sider; when it is destroyed, there will be found 
 in it, "The blood of prophets and of saints, and 
 of all that were slain upon the earth." THIS 
 BABYLON is the source, the fountain-head, 
 the producer, the mother of all the abominations 
 on the earth, as well as the mother of harlots. 
 
 Here we have another Beast, a scarlet-colored 
 beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven 
 heads and ten horns. As John marvelled, the 
 angel said unto him, u Why didst thou marvel? 
 I will tell thee the mystery of the woman and 
 of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the 
 seven heads and ten horns." Then there is a 
 mystery about this woman, and beast. 
 
 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not 
 now in existence: there is a beast kingdom in 
 existence, but John is shown another beast that 
 is not, and it, when it comes, shall ascend out of 
 the bottomless pit, and when it departs, it will 
 go back into perdition. This beast was, and is 
 not, and yet is. This scarlet-colored beast is of 
 Satanic origin. It comes up out of the bottom- 
 less pit; and will go back there. The ecclesiast- 
 ical beast is said to have come up out of the 
 earth. The bottomless pit is in the heart of this 
 earth. The scarlet-colored beast is an eighth 
 beast, and is of the seventh beast; that is, the 
 seventh beast produced the eighth. 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST 193 
 
 Seven Kingdoms 
 
 There are seven kingdoms, five of them are 
 fallen, one is now in existence, and the other is 
 not yet come ; and when he cometh he must con- 
 tinue a short space. Here are the seven beasts 
 indicated by the seven heads of the beast. Five 
 of these seven are fallen: the Babylonian, the 
 Medo-Persian, the Greek, the Roman, and the 
 ten-toe condition of the fourth beast down to 
 the time of the Antichrist's seven-headed con- 
 federacy, which was then in existence, being the 
 sixth beast with its ecclesiastical Beast, which is 
 the seventh. And the beast which was, and is 
 not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seventh 
 (ecclesiastical), and with it will go into perdi- 
 tion and shall not be perpetuated. Here is a 
 clear statement of facts that show us that the 
 beast the woman sat on was not yet in exist- 
 ence, but would come as the last beast, an eighth, 
 but was of the seventh. A change of govern- 
 ment brought about by the Antichrist Church. 
 
 This scarlet-colored beast will not come into 
 existence by revolution among the people, but 
 by intrigue in the ecclesiastical, two-horned 
 beast power, and by the capitalists of that day 
 under the mighty power of Satan and the Man 
 of Sin, the Antichrist. As a result of this, 
 capital will completely dominate and crush the 
 people. This scarlet-colored beast was full of 
 names of blasphemy, having ten horns, but no 
 crowns. The sixth beast was like unto a 
 
194 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 leopard having ten horns and ten crowns. The 
 ten horns on this last scarlet-colored beast are 
 ten kings, which have received no kingdom as 
 yet, but receive power as kings one hour with 
 the beast, Anti-Christ. They have one mind 
 and will give their power to the beast. They 
 will make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb 
 will overcome them. 
 
 Here we find the same confederacy of ten 
 horns (nations) with the former ten kings dis- 
 carded, and ten other men who never had been 
 kings put in their places. This beast was scar- 
 let-colored with the blood of the saints they had 
 killed. The woman was seated on this beast. 
 She was in the saddle with reins in hand, guiding 
 the beast. The woman is a prostitute and is sit- 
 ting upon many waters. "And the waters which 
 thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peo- 
 ples, and multitudes and nations and tongues. " 
 This vile woman was sitting upon all the people 
 on earth. The Roman Catholic Church never 
 did this. Babylon, if rebuilt, would not do this, 
 but God says this woman was sitting on all the 
 people on earth. Who can this be, what can 
 this be, that is sitting on all the people, and will, 
 in the closing days of the Antichrist Kingdom, 
 sit in the saddle? The kings of the earth have 
 committed fornication with this woman, they 
 have sought after her, and sinned with her; but 
 the kings of the earth never sought after the 
 Catholic Church. The inhabitants of the earth 
 have been made drunk with the wine of her for- 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST 195 
 
 nication. This is not true of the Catholic 
 Church. Most of the inhabitants of the earth 
 know almost nothing of the Catholic Church. 
 
 Abominations of the Earth 
 
 The woman was arrayed in purple and scar- 
 let color and decked with gold and precious 
 stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her 
 hand full of abominations and filthiness of her 
 fornications. This description implies great 
 wealth. The people of the Catholic Church are 
 poor people the world over, so this woman could 
 not represent the Catholic Church, or any other 
 church on earth. Upon her forehead was a 
 name written, "MYSTERY, BABYLON 
 THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HAR- 
 LOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE 
 EARTH, " the mother of all crime, all impurity, 
 all wars, all drunkenness, all gambling, all brib- 
 ery, all murder, all theft, all injustice, all in- 
 trigues, all national corruption, all Legislative 
 corruption, all Court corruption, all business 
 corruption, all church corruption, all the abom- 
 inations of the earth. 
 
 "The love of money is the root of all evil." 
 I Timothy 6:10. This woman is the mother 
 of all the abominations. As the tree and its 
 fruit comes from the root, and as children come 
 from the mother, so all the abominations known 
 among men come from that accursed thing called 
 GREED, covetousness, wanting what the other 
 
196 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 man has. It was this desire to have all, in Cain, 
 that caused him to put his only brother to death, 
 so that he might receive the blessing that came 
 from God to Abel. The first human blood was 
 shed by this woman, and all blood shed ever 
 since, has been to get some advantage over his 
 brother man. This woman is COMMER- 
 CIALISM. This word is used to imply doing 
 business, buying, selling, trading or trafficking 
 for profit; All strifes, whether national or indi- 
 vidual, in court or on the street, with the fist or 
 with the gun, with the tongue or with the tor- 
 pedo, in the pulpit or the newspaper, are fought 
 to get gain. 
 
 The ten kings that were at the heads of the 
 ten nations that confederated under the Anti- 
 christ, will be set aside by him after he is firmly 
 established as God Almighty, and ten men, not 
 kings, put in their places to reign for the little 
 time still remaining of the forty-two months. 
 These ten kings shall be of one mind and shall 
 give their power and strength unto the Anti- 
 christ. These ten kings and the Antichrist shall 
 make war with the Lamb and the Lamb shall 
 overcome them. 
 
 Woman Drunken 
 
 "And I saw the woman drunken with the 
 blood of the saints, and with the blood of the 
 martyrs of Jesus. " This implies that capitalism 
 had much to do with, if not wholly responsible 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST 197 
 
 for, the slaughter of the saints. "And the ten 
 horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these 
 shall hate the whore and shall make her desolate 
 and naked, and shall eat her flesh and burn her 
 with fire. For God hath put in their hearts to 
 fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their king- 
 dom unto the beast, until the words of God shall 
 be fulfilled." When Commercialism is drunk 
 over its success in getting into the national sad- 
 dle, and riding over its victims, the people will 
 arise in resentment; and when the ten kings lead 
 them in their resistance, with God urging them 
 on, terrible things will take place. The angel 
 tells John that this woman is that "Great City 
 which reigneth over the kings of the earth." 
 
 The Anti-Christ, after having marked all of 
 his willing, faithful, loyal followers, so that they 
 may be known on sight, discovers many who 
 have not taken the mark and who do not wor- 
 ship him. Therefore, the scarlet-colored beast 
 and the woman in the saddle, when they come, 
 together with the Antichrist, will fix a day after 
 which no man who has not taken the mark and 
 fallen down to worship the beast and his image, 
 can buy food or other necessities. These will be 
 dreadful days. To take the mark and worship 
 the beast brings eternal damnation, and to re- 
 fuse to take the mark brings starvation or mar- 
 tyrdom. 
 
 And after these things I saw another 
 angel come down from heaven, having 
 
198 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 great power; and the earth was lightened 
 with his glory. And he cried mightily with 
 a strong voice, saying, Babylon the Great 
 is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habi- 
 tation of devils, and the hold of every foul 
 spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hate- 
 ful bird. For all nations have drunk of the 
 wine of the wrath of her fornication, and 
 the kings of the earth have committed for- 
 nication with her, and the merchants of the 
 earth are waxed rich through the abun- 
 dance of her delicacies. Rev. 18:1-3. 
 Babylon or Commercialism, at this time, has 
 become the habitation of demons, and the 
 stronghold, or fortified home, of every foul and 
 unclean, hateful person of big business and 
 trickery. Because of advantage, all the kings of 
 the earth have committed fornication with com- 
 mercialism, joining in with their schemes to 
 gain wealth and obtain advantage over others. 
 The merchants of the earth have become rich 
 by standing in with them. All nations have 
 been compelled to drink of the evil consequences 
 of their doings, in amassing wealth. 
 
 This is not true of any church on earth, but 
 it is true of Commercialism. All the crooks and 
 gamblers and saloonkeepers and owners of re- 
 sorts, dives, brothels, shows, theaters, and 
 dance halls, are in with capitalism, and capital- 
 ism stands in with them; they are all after the 
 money. Demon spirits control all of them, 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST 199 
 
 Bribery is little known among the poor, but is 
 rampant among the moneyed class, corrupting 
 every one it touches in church and state. All 
 wickedness is found in Babylon and in Com- 
 mercialism. Babylon never represented con- 
 fusion of religious doctrines, never did it repre- 
 sent piety or religion; but it did, and does repre- 
 sent Gold and its worship. We have the 
 "Image" of Commercialism in Babylon with 
 a "head of fine gold, his breast and his arms of 
 silver, his belly and thighs of brass, his legs of 
 iron, his feet part of iron, and part of clay." 
 Dan. 2 :32-33. And Daniel said to the King of 
 Babylon, u Thou art this head of gold." In this 
 image we find gold, silver, brass, iron and clay. 
 In these lie the wealth of the world, and Baby- 
 lon stood, and stands for these. 
 
 Babylon was the head of gold, and wor- 
 shipped gold, and had an image of gold set up 
 to worship, in the plains of Dura. See Dan. 
 3:1-6. "Nebuchadnezzar, the king, made an 
 image of gold, whose height was three score 
 cubits, and the breadth thereof six cubits : he set 
 it up in the plain of Dura, in the province of 
 Babylon. Then Nebuchadnezzar, the king, 
 sent to gather together the princes, the govern- 
 ors, and the captains, the judges, the treasurers, 
 the counsellors, the sheriffs, and all the rulers of 
 the provinces, to come to the dedication of the 
 image which Nebuchadnezzar, the king, had set 
 up. Then the princess, the governors, and cap- 
 
200 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 tains, the judges, the treasurers, the counsellors, 
 the sheriffs, and all the rulers of the provinces, 
 were gathered together unto the dedication of 
 the image that Nebuchadnezzar had set up. 
 Then an herald cried aloud, To you it is com- 
 manded, O people, nations, and languages, That 
 at what time ye hear the sound of the cornet, 
 flute, harp, sackbut, psaltery, dulcimer, and all 
 kinds of musick, ye fall down and worship the 
 golden image that Nebuchadnezzar, the king, 
 hath set up : And whoso f alleth not down and 
 worshippeth shall the same hour be cast into the 
 midst of a burning fiery furnace." 
 
 Here is Commercialism full-fledged, and 
 in the very act of worshipping the great 
 golden image. Babylon is, and stands for gold, 
 and the treasures of wealth; silver, brass, iron, 
 and earthenware, including glass and all min- 
 erals. Are not these metals and minerals the 
 things that capitalism is after continually? "All 
 nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of 
 her fornication. " Have suffered because of the 
 manipulations of money and mines and busi- 
 ness. "And the kings of the earth have com- 
 mitted fornication with her." They have en- 
 tered into schemes with commercialism for a 
 share of the money to be made out of the 
 schemes, backing up commercialism with army 
 and navy. u And the merchants of the earth are 
 waxed rich through the abundance of her deli- 
 cacies," (not religion). 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST 201 
 
 And I heard another voice from heaven, 
 saying, Come out of her, my people, that 
 ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye 
 receive not of her plagues. For her sins 
 have reached unto heaven, and God hath 
 remembered her iniquities. Reward her 
 even as she rewarded you, and double unto 
 her double according to her works : in the 
 cup which she hath filled fill to her double. 
 How much she hath glorified herself, and 
 lived deliciously, so much torment and sor- 
 row give her : for she saith in her heart, I 
 sit a queen, and and am no widow, and 
 shall see no sorrow. Therefore shall her 
 plagues come in one day, death, and 
 mourning and famine; and she shall be 
 utterly burned with fire : for strong is the 
 Lord God who judgeth her. Rev. 18 :4-8. 
 
 Many of God's children have been drawn into 
 Commercialism in these last days, and have lost 
 all spiritual life. They have become defiled by 
 her filthiness in business methods ; have grieved 
 the Holy Spirit; finally quenched the Spirit. 
 This class of persons are here called to come out 
 of the unholy alliance, u Wherefore come out 
 from among them, and be ye separate, saith 
 the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing, and 
 I will receive you, and will be a father unto you, 
 and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the 
 Lord Almighty." 2 Cor. 6:17-18. If they re- 
 main in the unholy alliance or relationship, they 
 
202 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 continue to be a partaker of her sins ; and when 
 the destruction comes to Babylon, they too shall 
 be partakers of her plagues. 
 
 It is commonly conceded that a man cannot 
 succeed in business these days and be a Chris- 
 tian. He must stoop to the trickery of the 
 trade, or fail in his business. Come out from 
 among them, and save your soul. If your heart 
 is set on riches, you are an idolater. If you are 
 practicing deceit you are not fit for the kingdom. 
 If you have laid up treasures on earth, your 
 heart is with them, and not with God. U COME 
 OUT OF HER, MY PEOPLE." 
 
 The scarlet-colored beast is now in existence, 
 and in full control of everything. The Anti- 
 Christ and the capitalists of the whole earth are 
 ruling all, and sitting on the people of all na- 
 tions, peoples, multitudes and tongues. 
 
 And the kings of the earth, who have 
 committed fornication and lived deliciously 
 with her, shall bewail her, and lament for 
 her, when they shall see the smoke of her 
 burning, Standing afar off for the fear of 
 her torment, saying, Alas, alas, that great 
 city, Babylon, that mighty city; for in one 
 hour is thy judgment come. And the mer- 
 chants of the earth shall weep and mourn 
 over her; for no man buyeth their merchan- 
 dise any more: the merchandise of gold, 
 and silver, and precious stones, and of 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST 203 
 
 pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, 
 and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all 
 manner vessels of ivory, and all manner 
 vessels of most precious wood, and of 
 brass, and iron, and marble, and cinnamon, 
 and odours, and ointments, and frankin- 
 cense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and 
 wheat, and beasts, and sheep, and horses, 
 and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men. 
 And the fruits that thy soul lusted after are 
 departed from thee, and all things which 
 were dainty and goodly are departed from 
 thee, and thou shalt find them no more 
 at all. 
 
 The merchants of these things, which 
 were made rich by her, shall stand afar 
 off for the fear of her torment, weeping 
 and wailing, and saying, Alas, alas, that 
 great city, that was clothed in fine linen, 
 and purple, and scarlet, and decked with 
 gold, and precious stones, and pearls I For 
 in one hour so great riches is come to 
 nought. And every shipmaster, and all the 
 company in ships, and sailors, and as many 
 as trade by sea, stood afar off, and cried 
 when they saw the smoke of her burning, 
 saying, What city is like unto this great 
 city! And they cast dust on their heads, 
 and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, 
 Alas, alas, that great city, wherein were 
 made rich all that had ships in the sea by 
 
204 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 reason of her costliness ! For in one hour 
 is she made desolate. Rev. 18 :9-19. 
 
 The kings of the earth who have been made 
 rich by commercialism, and have retired to roll 
 in luxury, although now set aside by the Anti- 
 christ, bewail and lament for her, "When they 
 see the smoke of her burning, standing afar off, 
 for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas, 
 that great city, Babylon, that mighty city, for in 
 one hour i-s thy judgment come." 
 
 "And the merchants of the earth shall weep 
 and mourn over her, for no man buyeth their 
 merchandise any more." The retired kings and 
 merchants would not be so distressed over the 
 destruction of the Catholic Church, or all the 
 churches on earth. That is not what they are 
 crying about. It is their source of wealth that 
 has been struck, and causing their concern. 
 u The merchants which were made rich by her, 
 shall stand afar off for fear of her torment, 
 weeping and wailing, for in one hour so great 
 riches is come to nought." The merchants of 
 the earth have not been made rich by any of the 
 churches, and they only care for the churches 
 so far as they can make money out of them. 
 "And every shipmaster, and all the company 
 of ships and sailors and as many as trade by sea, 
 stood afar off" crying in distress, not over some 
 calamity that has struck the church, or churches, 
 but over the calamity that has struck their busi- 
 ness, bringing their great riches to nought. 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST 205 
 
 Many ministers who have become rich "Eat- 
 ing the fat and clothing themselves with the 
 wool" (read Ezekiel 34:1-10), have become 
 partners in this iniquity and will wail also when 
 Babylon is destroyed. 
 
 Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye 
 holy apostles and prophets; for God hath 
 avenged you on her. And a mighty angel 
 took up a stone like a great millstone, and 
 cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with vio- 
 lence shall that great city, Babylon, be 
 thrown down, and shall be found no more 
 at all. And the voice of harpers, and mu- 
 sicians, and of pipers, and trumpeters, shall 
 be heard no more at all in thee; and no 
 craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall 
 be found any more in thee; and the sound 
 of a millstone shall be heard no more at all 
 in thee ; and the light of a candle shall shine 
 no more at all in thee; and the voice of the 
 bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard 
 no more at all in thee; for thy merchants 
 were the great men of the earth: for by 
 thy sorceries were all nations deceived. 
 And in her was found the blood of proph- 
 ets, and of saints, and of all that were slain 
 upon the earth. Rev. 18 :20-24. 
 
 No more shall one class of men prey upon the 
 other class. No more shall commercialism fat- 
 ten and live in ease off the sweat and tears and 
 
206 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 blood of their fellowmen, and women, and chil- 
 dren. "For by thy sorceries were all nations 
 deceived." This is that mysterious, sorcery 
 working, filthy woman that had corrupted kings 
 and courts, people and churches everywhere, and 
 made all the world drink of the wine of her for- 
 nication in every age since Cain killed Abel, to 
 get his place and blessing. Upon the woman's 
 head was a name, "Mystery." This is the mys- 
 tery: how one man (by financial manipulations, 
 often by the meanest trickery), can come into 
 possession of millions of money that had been 
 brought into existence through the labors of tens 
 of thousands of people who die in poverty. Her 
 golden cup is full of her filthiness. The greed 
 for gold turns the hearts of men into stone; 
 makes their conscience steel. 
 
 "And in her was found the blood of prophets, 
 and of saints, and of all that were slain upon 
 the earth." This could not be truthfully said 
 of any person, organization, or thing on earth 
 except Commercialism. God commands all 
 heaven, and the holy apostles and prophets 
 to rejoice over the destruction of Babylon, de- 
 claring that "God hath avenged you on her." 
 Babylon, Commercialism, has damaged, de- 
 filed, and been a curse to God's children in all 
 ages. It kills out all spirituality wherever it 
 goes, and it goes into the pews, even the pulpits, 
 to strangle the people of God. It is the devil's 
 greatest agent for the destruction of men. The 
 
THE SCARLET-COLORED BEAST 207 
 
 devil held up commercialism in all its attractive- 
 ness before the mind of Jesus, saying, "All this 
 will I give thee if thou wilt worship me." The 
 man who worships wealth, worships the devil, 
 and loses his own soul. 
 
 There could be no millenium on earth with 
 Commercialism in existence. No more big busi- 
 ness, no more amassing of wealth. When the 
 Holy Ghost fell on, and filled the one hundred 
 and twenty, on the day of Pentecost; and thou- 
 sands of other converts were baptized with the 
 Holy Ghost, they sold their possessions; and 
 laid the money at the apostles' feet; and dis- 
 tribution of the funds was made, so no man 
 lacked anything. When Christ reigns on earth, 
 and the greed for gain is dead and gone, men 
 will learn wisdom. We never can have peace on 
 earth, and good will to men, with Commercial- 
 ism in existence. 
 
 Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl 
 for your miseries that shall come upon you. 
 Your riches are corrupted, and your gar- 
 ments are moth-eaten. Your gold and sil- 
 ver is cankered; and the rust of them shall 
 be a witness against you, and shall eat your 
 flesh as it were fire. Ye have heaped treas- 
 ure together for the last days. Behold, the 
 hire of the labourers who have reaped 
 down your fields, which is of you kept back 
 by fraud, crieth: and the cries of them 
 
208 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 which have reaped are entered into the ears 
 of the Lord of sabaoth. Ye have lived in 
 pleasure on the earth, and been wanton; 
 ye have nourished your hearts, as in the 
 day of slaughter. James 5:1-5. 
 
 These are facts, not fiction. Will you believe 
 God? He is telling you the truth. These things 
 are all coming to pass, and coming very soon. 
 We believe that this generation will not pass 
 away until all this comes to pass. 
 
THE MARRIAGE OF THE LAMB 
 
 ND after these things I heard a great 
 voice of much people in heaven, saying, 
 Alleluia : Salvation, and glory, and hon- 
 our, and power, unto the Lord our God : 
 for true and righteous are his judgments: 
 for he hath judged the great whore, which 
 did corrupt the earth with her fornication, 
 and hath avenged the blood of his servants 
 at her hand. And again they said, Alleluia. 
 And her smoke rose up forever and ever, 
 and the four and twenty elders and the 
 four beasts fell down and worshipped God 
 that sat on the throne, saying, Amen; Alle- 
 luia. And a voice came out of the throne, 
 saying, Praise our God, all ye his servants, 
 and ye that fear him, both small and great. 
 And I heard as it were the voice of a great 
 multitude, and as the voice of many waters, 
 and as the voice of mighty thunderings, 
 saying Alleluia : for the Lord God omnipo- 
 tent reigneth. Let us be glad and rejoice, 
 and give honour to him : for the marriage 
 of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath 
 made herself ready. And to her was 
 granted that she should be arrayed in fine 
 linen, clean and white : for the fine linen is 
 
210 GALAXY QF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the righteousness of saints. And he saith 
 unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are 
 called unto the marriage supper of the 
 Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are 
 the true sayings of God. Rev. 19:1-9. 
 
 u And after these things. " After the actual 
 destruction of Babylon with its scenes of woe 
 and wailing, a great voice of rejoicing is heard 
 in heaven, praising God for having judged and 
 destroyed the great whore which had corrupted 
 the whole earth with her fornication. This 
 shows clearly that the resurrected saints in 
 heaven, know what is being done on earth, and 
 praise God as they see sin and sinners, and all 
 wickedness being removed from the earth that 
 Christ may reign here in righteousness for a 
 thousand years. 
 
 "For the Lord God omnipotent reigneth. Let 
 us be glad and rejoice and give honour to Him: 
 for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his 
 wife hath made herself ready." Here is the 
 marriage of the Lamb. It comes after Babylon 
 is destroyed and as a celebration of that event. 
 All heaven will sing, when commercial tyranny 
 is no more, when men will live as brethren and 
 walk by the golden rule. 
 
 The resurrected saints in heaven not in the 
 air, but in heaven, while the Antichrist is still on 
 earth appear in fine linen, clean and white. 
 This fine linen is the righteousness of saints. Sin 
 
THE MARRIAGE OF THE LAMB 211 
 
 had all been eradicated and the saints were right- 
 eous, pure, holy, whiter than snow. Christ had 
 finished His work in them, making them pure 
 as He, Christ, is pure. (See 1 John 3 :3. 
 
 "And he said unto me, These are the true 
 sayings of God." All the book of Revelation is 
 the true sayings of God. No fiction here. All 
 are facts, facts, facts: "Things that must short- 
 ly come to pass" u And he said unto me, Write, 
 Blessed are they which are called unto the mar- 
 riage of the Lamb." This call was to be 
 sounded out in every nation on earth. Many are 
 called, and all who will may come ; but few are 
 chosen, because they will not go on to perfection. 
 YOU have been called: Will you now give all 
 diligence to make your calling and election sure? 
 "Be ye holy for I am holy," is the requirement. 
 "For without holiness no man shall see the 
 Lord." Here are the holy ones at the Marriage 
 in heaven just before the descent of our Lord to 
 the earth with all the saints to destroy the Anti- 
 christ and take the Kingdom. 
 
 "And I fell at his feet to worship him. And 
 he said unto me, see thou do it not: I am thy 
 fellow-servant ,and of thy brethren that have 
 the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the 
 testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy." 
 Rev. 19:10. John, overwhelmed with the glory 
 of that scene and the presence of the one who 
 had spoken unto him, fell at his feet to worship 
 him, supposing that he was God. We have here 
 
212 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the best view given in the Scriptures of what we 
 will be in the resurrected state. This was a 
 human being with the glorified body like unto 
 Christ's glorious body. u We shall be like Him 
 for we shall see Him as He is." John thought 
 that this person was God. 
 
 And I saw heaven opened, and behold a 
 white horse; and he that sat upon him was 
 called Faithful and True, and in righteous- 
 netfs he doth judge and make war. His 
 eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his 
 head were many crowns; and he had a 
 name written, that no man knew, but he 
 himself. And he was clothed with a ves- 
 ture dipped in blood : and his name is called 
 THE WORD OF GOD. And the armies 
 which were in heaven followed him upon 
 white horses, clothed in fine linen, white 
 and clean. And out of his mouth goeth a 
 sharp sword, that with it he should smite 
 the nations : and he shall rule them with a 
 rod of iron : and he treadeth the winepress 
 of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty 
 God. And he hath on his vesture and on 
 his thigh a name written, KING OF 
 KINGS AND LORD OF LORDS. Rev. 
 19:11-16. 
 
 This is a description of the wonderful Christ, 
 as He rides out of heaven on a white horse 
 with many crowns on His head, followed by the 
 
THE MARRIAGE OF THE LAMB 213 
 
 armies of heaven; all the holy angels, and all the 
 saints, in His descent to earth to take the King- 
 dom. All His army is clothed in "fine linen, 
 white and clean." He comes to smite the 
 nations and rule them with a rod of iron. u And 
 as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to 
 shivers." Rev. 2:27. "And He treadeth the 
 winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Al- 
 mighty God." He is King of kings, and Lord 
 of lords. 
 
 And I saw an angel standing in the sun ; 
 and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all 
 the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, 
 Come and gather yourselves together unto 
 the supper of the great God; that ye may 
 eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of cap- 
 tains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the 
 flesh of horses, and of them that sit on 
 them, and the flesh of all men, both free 
 and bond, both small and great. And I saw 
 the beast, and the kings of the earth, and 
 their armies, gathered together to make 
 war against him that sat on the horse, and 
 against his army. And the beast was taken, 
 and with him the false prophet that 
 wrought miracles before him, with which 
 he deceived them that had received the 
 mark of the beast, and them that wor- 
 shipped his image. These both were cast 
 alive into a lake of fire burning with brim- 
 stone. And the remnant were slain with 
 
214 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the sword of him that sat upon the horse, 
 which sword proceeded out of his mouth : 
 and all the fowls were filled wtih their 
 flesh. Rev. 19:17-21. 
 
 No man can comprehend the awfulness of 
 this last closing scene of destruction. Before it 
 commences, all the fowls that fly in the midst of 
 heaven (the heaven above this earth) are sum- 
 moned tp come and gather themselves together 
 unto the Supper of the Great God, that they may 
 eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, 
 and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of 
 horses, and them that sit on them, and the flesh 
 of ALL men, both free and bond, both small 
 and great." Does not this look like a clean 
 sweep; the destruction of all on earth? Who 
 will be left? In this last great battle against 
 Christ, we see on the one side Antichrist and his 
 followers : the false prophet and church dignita- 
 ries ; all on earth on one side, and all in heaven 
 on the other side. u And the Beast was taken, 
 and with him the false prophet that wrought 
 miracles before him, with which he deceived 
 them that had received the mark of the beast, 
 and them that worshipped his image." So, ac- 
 cording to the Word, both the Antichrist and 
 his chief Bishop, were taken alive and cast bodily 
 into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. This 
 will positively, literally take place when Christ 
 comes to reign. These are all facts, literal 
 
THE MARRIAGE OF THE LAMB 215 
 
 facts : "Things that must come to pass." "And 
 the remnant," men still remaining on earth after 
 all the warring and judgment plagues have done 
 their work, "were then slain with the sword of 
 Him that sat upon the horse, which sword pro- 
 ceedeth out of His mouth." 
 
 He who made, the heavens spoke the WORD, 
 and all men fell dead before Him, women and 
 children may be excepted. "And all the fowls 
 were filled with their flesh." There were none 
 left to bury the dead. All men are dead. This 
 is exactly how things are going to close up in this 
 old world, and close up soon. 
 
 It seems clear, from the prophecy of Zech. 
 14:16-19, that a remnant of each of these na- 
 tions that fight in the Antichrist army, shall re- 
 main on earth; and shall go up to Jerusalem 
 from year to year to worship the King, the Lord 
 of hosts; and to keep the feast of tabernacles. 
 Probably some men and many women and chil- 
 dren who have not been forced to take the mark 
 of the beast, and worship the image, because of 
 their isolated homes, or some other reason, will 
 remain, a remnant, to perpetuate their nations 
 during the millenial reign of Christ on earth; 
 but all will be in subjection to Christ and His 
 Kingdom. 
 
BINDING SATAN 
 
 ND I saw an angel come down from 
 heaven, having the key of the bottomless 
 pit and a great chain in his hand. And he 
 laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, 
 which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound 
 him a thousand years, and cast him into the 
 bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a 
 seal upon him, that he should deceive the 
 nations no more, till the thousand years 
 should be fulfilled : and after that he must 
 be loosed a little season. Rev. 20 :l-3. 
 
 Christ has come to reign. He has destroyed 
 his enemies. The Antichrist and false prophet, 
 with all their followers, are gone. Satan, who 
 had led them all to ruin, is still here. An angel 
 came down from heaven having the key to the 
 bottomless pit. There is a bottomless pit, and 
 Satan is bound with a chain and cast into that 
 pit, the door is closed, locked, and sealed. He 
 remains there for one thousand years, while 
 Christ reigns on this earth, where Satan had 
 reigned for six thousand years. The Lamb has 
 overcome him, and the saints have overcome 
 him. He shall deceive the nations no more till 
 the thousand years be fulfilled. There are to be 
 
BINDING SATAN 217 
 
 nations again on this earth during the reign of 
 Christ. At the time of the flood there were but 
 eight persons left alive upon the earth, but in 
 four hundred years, in Abraham's day, there 
 were many nations on the earth, all descendants 
 of Noah. When Israel rejected Christ and cru- 
 cified Him, it was cut off and the Gospel was 
 given to the Gentiles. But Israel is to be grafted 
 in again; not all of it, but believing Israel. 
 "And they also, if they abide not still in unbelief 
 shall be grafted in : for God is able to graft them 
 in again." Romans 11:23. 
 
 God always had a remnant in Israel who 
 believed. "What saith the Scriptures? I have 
 reserved to myself . seven thousand men who 
 have not bowed the knee to the image of Baal. 
 Even so at this present time also there is a rem- 
 nant, according to the Election of Grace." 
 Romans 11 :4-5. God said to Isaiah "Though 
 the number of the children of Israel be as the 
 sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved. For 
 God will finish the work, and cut it short in 
 righteousness: because a short work will the 
 Lord make upon the earth." Rom. 9:27-28. 
 The Lord's remnant in the days of the Anti- 
 christ is 144,000 men and women, twelve thou- 
 sand of each of the twelve tribes of Israel. God 
 saved equal numbers of male and female to re- 
 populate the earth in the days of Noah, and it is 
 reasonable to suppose that He will have equal 
 
218 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 numbers of male and female to re-populate the 
 earth during the Millenial Reign. 
 
 The 144,000 were sealed in their foreheads 
 by an angel, at the very time the saints were 
 resurrected and caught up into heaven. This 
 remnant of Israelites were present on earth 
 when the evil spirits were let loose out of the 
 bottomless pit to torment men for five months ; 
 but they were immune. They were carried 
 away inter the wilderness into a place where they 
 were fed of God during the whole reign of the 
 Antichrist. They were immune to all that came 
 upon the earth. They, as Noah was brought 
 out of the Ark after the flood, will be brought 
 out of their hiding place and grafted into the 
 true olive tree, after the Antichrist has been de- 
 stroyed and Satan is bound and cast into the bot- 
 tomless pit. 
 
 These Israelites are twelve nations, and will 
 be judged by the twelve Apostles sitting upon 
 twelve thrones (see Matt. 19:28). "And 
 Jesus said unto them, Verily I say unto you, 
 that ye which have followed me, in the 
 regeneration when the Son of Man shall sit 
 in the throne of His glory, ye also shall sit upon 
 twelve thrones judging the twelve tribes of 
 Israel." There will always be at least twelve 
 nations on earth during the thousand years of 
 Christ's reign on earth, perhaps many more. 
 There are Scriptures that indicate that Gentile 
 nations may be in existence during the Mil- 
 
BINDING SATAN 219 
 
 lenium, but no man who takes the mark of the 
 beast will be left alive in the earth. None of the 
 nations will be deceived by the devil during the 
 thousand years. 
 
 And I saw thrones, and they sat upon 
 them, and judgment was given unto them; 
 and I saw the souls of them that were be- 
 headed for the witness of Jesus, and for 
 the Word of God, and which had not wor- 
 shipped the beast, neither his image, neither 
 had received his mark upon their fore- 
 heads, or in their hands : and they lived and 
 reigned with Christ a thousand years. But 
 the rest of the dead lived not again until the 
 thousand years were finished. This is the 
 first resurrection. Blessed and holy is he 
 that hath part in the first resurrection : on 
 such the second death hath no power, but 
 they shall be priests of God and of Christ, 
 and shall reign with him a thousand years. 
 Rev. 20:4-6. 
 
 After Satan was cast into the bottomless pit, 
 John saw another scene, seemingly here on the 
 earth. He saw thrones ; the twelve thrones upon 
 which the twelve Apostles sat. Judgment was 
 given unto the Apostles to judge the twelve 
 tribes of Israel. Then he saw the men, and 
 probably women, too, who had been beheaded 
 because they had witnessed for Jesus and be- 
 lieved and obeyed the Word of God, and had 
 
220 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 not worshipped the beast, neither his image, 
 neither had received his mark upon their fore- 
 heads or in their hands. "And they lived and 
 reigned with Christ a thousand years." Here 
 we have positive evidence that the beheaded 
 saints who died rather than sin against God and 
 their own souls, were also resurrected and 
 reigned with Christ: but the rest of the dead, 
 that is the unsaved, unbelieving dead, lived not 
 again; were not resurrected until the thousand 
 years were finished. This is the closing scene of 
 the first resurrection. 
 
 "Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the 
 first resurrection : on such the second death hath 
 no power, but they shall be priests of God and 
 of Christ and shall reign with Him a thousand 
 years. " Observe, this blessing is to them who 
 are holy, for "without holiness, no man shall see 
 the Lord." 
 
 And when the thousand years are ex- 
 pired, Satan shall be loosed out of his 
 prison, and shall go out to deceive the na- 
 tions which are in the four quarters of the 
 earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them to- 
 gether to battle; the number of whom is 
 as the sand of the sea. And they went up 
 on the breadth of the earth, and compassed 
 the camp of the saints about, and the be- 
 loved city: and fire came down from God 
 out of heaven, and devoured them. And 
 
BINDING SATAN 221 
 
 the devil that deceived them was cast into 
 the lake of fire and brimstone, where the 
 beast and the false prophet are, and shall 
 be tormented day and night forever and 
 ever. Rev. 20:7-10. 
 
 With one bound we pass from the beginning 
 to the end of the reign of Christ on the earth, 
 without another glimpse of the conditions then 
 existing. We find some of those conditions in 
 other Scriptures. At the end of the thousand 
 years Satan is let out of his prison and appeared 
 again on the earth. He goes forth to deceive 
 the nations which are in the four quarters of the 
 earth: Europe, Asia, Africa and America. 
 "Gog and Magog.." This term refers to per- 
 sons who do not know God, hence can be de- 
 ceived. When men know God they will not be 
 deceived by the devil. The devil controls all 
 whom he can deceive. Now he gathers them 
 together to battle against Christ and the saints 
 here on the earth. 
 
 This army which Satan has gathered is as 
 numerous as the sand of the sea. Here is a 
 strange scene. At the close of a thousand years 
 of blessedness on earth, with no devil to tempt, 
 with Christ and the saints to help, this great 
 number do not know God : have not been born 
 of God; are in their natural, fallen, human state, 
 without God and without hope. They are in the 
 condition of a son or daughter, born and reared 
 
222 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 in a godly home, where the Scriptures are read 
 and prayer offered by the parents, but the chil- 
 dren have not yielded themselves to God. So 
 these godless children become the prey of the 
 devil, and are led to fight their only Saviour and 
 true friend. They went up from all quarters 
 toward Jerusalem, where Christ will sit on 
 David's throne. They compass the camp of the 
 saints about, the beloved city, Jerusalem. Fire 
 comes down from God out of heaven and de- 
 vours them. All these poor deceived people 
 become ashes under the feet of God's children. 
 There shall be left unto them neither root nor 
 branch. (Read Malachi 4:1-3). 
 
 The devil that deceived them was cast into 
 the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast 
 and the false prophet were cast a thousand years 
 before. Satan had been in the bottomless pit 
 for a thousand years before this, but was not 
 anihilated. Now his fate is not anihilation, but 
 to be tormented day and night forever and ever. 
 This lake of fire is the place where the Anti- 
 christ and the false prophet are. They, too, 
 have spent a thousand years there and are not 
 yet anihilated. 
 
THE GREAT WHITE THRONE 
 
 ND I saw a great white throne, and him 
 that sat on it, from whose face the earth 
 and the heaven fled away; and there was 
 found no place for them. And I saw the 
 dead, small and great, stand before God; 
 and the books were opened: and another 
 book was opened, which is the book of 
 life : and the dead were judged out of those 
 things which were written in the books, 
 according to their works, and the sea gave 
 up the dead which were in it; and death 
 and hell delivered up the dead which were 
 in them: and they were judged every man 
 according to their works. And death and 
 hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is 
 the second death. And whosoever was not 
 found written in the book of life was cast 
 into the lake of fire. Rev. 20 :1 1-1 5. 
 
 Satan and his army are all disposed of : 
 Satan, in the lake of fire, together with his army, 
 their bodies in ashes, their souls in hell. The 
 seven thousand years of man's existence on this 
 earth has nearly ended. The people who are 
 yet in the body on earth, mostly, if not all, 
 Israelites, are saints; holy people that Satan 
 
224 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 could not move. The earth is now cleansed by 
 removing all things that offend; for "The Son 
 of Man shall send forth His angels and they 
 shall gather out of His Kingdom all things that 
 offend, and them which do iniquity: and shall 
 cast them into a furnace of fire: there shall be 
 wailing and gnashing of teeth. " Matt. 13:41- 
 42. This having been done ; God's week having 
 ended (the seven thousand years) ; the judg- 
 ment is next in order. "Once to die, and after 
 that the judgment." 
 
 The Last Resurrection 
 
 The sea gave up the dead which were in it, and 
 death, that mysterious monster, death, delivered 
 up the dead which were in death (this refers to 
 the body) , and hell delivered up the dead which 
 were in it (this refers to the soul) . And the liv- 
 ing saints of that day will be changed in a mo- 
 ment into the resurrected state. And I saw the 
 dead, soul and body, small and great, stand be- 
 fore God and His throne. "And I saw a great 
 white throne, and Him that sat on it, from 
 whose face the earth and the heaven fled away." 
 The judgment will not be on this earth, as there 
 would not be room for all the people who have 
 lived on the earth to stand on this earth. All 
 will be there. The judgment will probably be 
 in the air. At this time u The heavens shall pass 
 away with a great noise, and the elements shall 
 
THE GREAT WHITE THRONE 225 
 
 melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the 
 works that are therein shall be burned up." 2 
 Peter 3:10. 
 
 The earth having passed away, all the human 
 beings that have ever lived upon the earth are 
 gathered together and stand before the GREAT 
 WHITE THRONE to be judged, to give an 
 account of the "deeds done in the body," or 
 while they lived on earth. "And the books were 
 opened." First, God's word; second, the rec- 
 ords of deeds done in the body; third, the book 
 of life; and the dead were judged out of those 
 things which were written in the books, accord- 
 ing to their works. There will be no jury, there 
 will be no lawyers, there will be no witnesses. 
 God will judge according to the things written 
 in the books, according to the life they lived in 
 the body. 
 
 "Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, 
 in which all that are in the graves shall hear 
 His voice ; and shall come forth ; they that have 
 done good, unto the resurrection of life; and 
 they that have done evil, unto the resurrection 
 of damnation." John 5 :28-29. 
 
 The people are separated, right and left: 
 two great companies, and the sentences are all 
 announced. In one company all God's children; 
 all those who are born of God, have overcome 
 the world, the flesh, and the devil: in the other 
 company, all who were not born of God, but who 
 had yielded themselves up to gratify their de- 
 
226 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 sires, with the world, the flesh, and the devil. 
 Then death, that incomprehensible thing called 
 death, was cast into the Lake of Fire, where the 
 Antichrist, the False Prophet, and the Devil had 
 been cast. Closely following this, HELL, that 
 place and condition where the unrepentant sin- 
 ner goes at death, and from which he came to 
 be judged, hell is cast into the Lake of Fire. 
 
 This Lake of Fire is the second death. When 
 the body went into the ground and the soul into 
 hell, the person was in the first death. u And 
 whosoever was not found written in the Book of 
 Life was cast into the Lake of Fire." Then they 
 were both soul and body in the second death. 
 Being dead in trespasses and sins, and having 
 persistently refused to be made "Alive to God, 
 through Jesus Christ our Lord," they have re- 
 mained spiritually dead, until the body dies, 
 and is resurrected, and then both soul and body, 
 they go into the Lake of Fire. 
 
 O my God ! will this arouse the reader, so that 
 he will repent and turn to God with all his heart, 
 and be made alive to God, through Jesus Christ 
 our Lord. 
 
 All this that John saw, this Revelation of 
 things that must come to pass at the time ap- 
 pointed, will surely be enacted to the very letter. 
 No deception here. God deals in facts, and in 
 mercy and love reveals those facts to us that we 
 may be saved. "Turn ye, turn ye, for why will 
 ye die, O house of Israel." Ezek. 1 8 :3 1 . 
 
THE GREAT WHITE THRONE 227 
 
 When the Son of Man shall come in his 
 glory, and all the holy angels with him, 
 then shall he sit upon the throne of his 
 glory: and before him shall be gathered all 
 nations : and he shall separate them one 
 from another, as a shepherd divideth his 
 sheep from the goats: And he shall set 
 the sheep on his right hand, but the goats 
 on the left. Then shall the King say unto 
 them on his right hand, Come, ye blessed 
 of my Father, inherit the kingdom pre- 
 pared for you from the foundation of the 
 world : for I was a hungered, and ye gave 
 me meat; I was thirsty, and ye gave me 
 drink : I was a stranger, and ye took me in : 
 naked, and ye clothed me: I was sick, and 
 ye visited me : I was in prison, and ye came 
 unto me. Then shall the righteous answer 
 him, saying, Lord, when saw we thee a 
 hungered, and fed thee? or thirsty, and 
 gave thee drink? When saw we thee a 
 stranger, and took thee in? or naked, and 
 clothed thee? Or when saw we thee sick, 
 or in prison, and came unto thee ? And the 
 King shall answer and say unto them, 
 Verily, I say unto you, inasmuch as ye have 
 done it unto one of the least of these my 
 brethren, ye have done it unto me. Then 
 shall he say also unto them on the left 
 hand, Depart from me, ye cursed, into ever- 
 lasting fire, prepared for the devil and his 
 
228 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 angels : for I was a hungered, and ye gave 
 me no meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave me 
 no drink: I was a stranger, and ye took 
 me not in : naked, and ye clothed me not : 
 sick, and in prison, and ye visited me not. 
 Then shall they also answer him, saying, 
 Lord, when saw we thee an hungered, or 
 athirst, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or 
 in prison, and did not minister unto thee? 
 Then shall he answer them, saying, Verily, 
 I say unto you, inasmuch as ye did it not to 
 one of the least of these, ye did it not to 
 me. And these shall go away into ever- 
 lasting punishment: but the righteous into 
 life eternal. Matt. 25 :31-46. 
 
THE NEW EARTH 
 
 ND I saw a new heaven and a new earth : 
 for the first heaven and the first earth 
 were passed away; and there was no 
 more sea. Rev. 21:1. 
 The scenes before us in this chapter are 
 all beyond the "Great White Throne Judgment." 
 All the dead on earth, or in the sea, and all that 
 were in hell, have been raised from the dead; 
 and have stood before the throne, and have 
 been judged, and sentenced, and sent away; and 
 all, whose names were not found written in the 
 Book of Life were cast into the Lake of Fire. 
 
 Our study in this chapter is about the new 
 home of God's children, after the judgment. 
 The Lord Jesus told the disciples that in His 
 Father's home there was abundance of room. 
 That He was about to leave them and go to His 
 Father's home, to prepare a place for them. 
 u And if I go to prepare a place for you, I will 
 come again, and receive you unto myself; that 
 where I am, there ye may be also." John 14:3. 
 We are now studying about this place our Lord 
 has prepared for us. 
 
 The beloved disciple, and apostle, declares, 
 "And I saw a new heaven and a new earth : for 
 
230 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the first heaven and the first earth are passed 
 away; and the sea is no more." This new earth 
 is a second earth, in that he declares, u The first 
 heaven, and the first earth, have passed away." 
 
 The Apostle Peter gives us quite a full de- 
 scription of the passing away of this earth. 
 "But the heavens that now are, and the earth, 
 by the same word, have been stored up for fire, 
 being reserved against the day of judgment, and 
 destruction of ungodly men. * * * But the day 
 of the Lord will come as a thief; in which the 
 heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and 
 the elements shall be dissolved with fervent heat, 
 and the earth and the works that are therein 
 shall be burned up. Seeing that these things 
 are thus all to be dissolved, what manner of per- 
 sons ought ye to be, in all holy living and godli- 
 ness, looking for and earnestly desiring the com- 
 ing of the day of God, by reason of which the 
 heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and 
 the elements shall melt with fervent heat." 2 
 Peter 3:7, and 10-1 2. R. V. 
 
 Here we have a new earth, with its heaven, 
 and surroundings, prepared, and specially pre- 
 pared as a home for the sons of God. 
 
 It is declared of the saved children of Abra- 
 ham, "These all died in faith, not having re- 
 ceived the promises, but having seen them afar 
 off, and were persuaded of them, and embraced 
 them, and confessed that they were strangers 
 and pilgrims on the earth. For they that say 
 
THE NEW EARTH 231 
 
 such things declare plainly that they seek a 
 country. And truly, if they had been mindful 
 of that country from whence they came out, they 
 might have had opportunity to have returned. 
 But now they desire a better country, that is, a 
 heavenly : wherefore God is not ashamed to be 
 called their God: for He hath prepared for 
 them a city." Heb. 11:13-16. 
 
 Here we see clearly that the old patriarchs 
 knew of this New Earth and City. They did 
 not seek any country or city on this earth. 
 
 On this new earth there will be no sea, with its 
 everlasting moanings, and dreadful storms, and 
 separating into nations the inhabitants of this 
 earth. The new earth will be so glorious in all 
 its arrangements, in size and wondrous beauty, 
 that God, our Father, will move His Capitol, 
 and throne from its present location, on to this 
 new earth; and God Himself will dwell with 
 men who have been washed in the Blood of the 
 Lamb. 
 
 This scene occurs after the judgment. The 
 earth with all the works of man is gone, has 
 passed away, is out of existence, and a new earth 
 appears. u And I saw a new earth, and on it 
 there was no sea." The first earth was two- 
 thirds sea; but the new earth is to have no sea. 
 In the fifth verse we read, u He that sat upon the 
 throne said, Behold, I make all things new. 
 And he said unto me, Write: for these words 
 
232 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 are true and faithful." This is not a renovat- 
 ing, or purifying, or a remodeling of this earth, 
 for this earth is under sentence of fire. It was 
 destroyed by water, and it will be destroyed by 
 fire. The Lord Jesus declared, u Heaven and 
 earth shall pass away, but my word shall not 
 pass away," and God said to John, U I make all 
 things new." "These words are true and faith- 
 ful." There will not be one atom of matter 
 in that new earth that ever was in any other 
 planet. God's children in their glorified state 
 will rank next to God. He is our Father, not 
 theoretically, but really; and we are heirs by 
 birth; legitimate sons. And God has made a 
 new planet, greater, more beautiful, more won- 
 derful than any other planet in the universe. He 
 had none already made such as He determined 
 to be the everlasting home of His Sons and 
 Daughters, so He said, "I make all things new." 
 So we can look forward to this beautiful new 
 home. 
 
 And I, John, saw the holy city, new 
 Jerusalem, coming down from God out of 
 heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for 
 her husband. And I heard a great voice 
 out of heaven saying, Behold, the taber- 
 nacle of God is with men, and he will dwell 
 with them, and they shall be his people, and 
 God himself shall be with them, and be 
 their God. And God shall wipe away all 
 tears from their eyes ; and there shall be no 
 
THE NEW EARTH 233 
 
 more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, 
 neither shall there be any more pain: for 
 the former things are passed away. And 
 he that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I 
 make all things new. And he said unto 
 me, Write: for these words are true and 
 faithful. And he said unto me, It is done. 
 I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and 
 the end. I will give unto him that is 
 athirst of the fountain of the water of life 
 freely. He that overcometh shall inherit 
 all things; and I will be his God, and he 
 shall be my son. But the fearful, and un- 
 believing, and the abominable, and mur- 
 derers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, 
 and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their 
 part in the lake which burneth with fire and 
 brimstone: which is the second death. 
 Rev. 21:2-8. 
 
 The Holy City 
 
 "And I, John, saw the holy city, New Jeru- 
 salem, coming down from God out of heaven, 
 prepared as a bride adorned for her husband." 
 This is the city of God, the Capitol of the Uni- 
 verse. The throne of God is in it it, and the 
 temple of God is there. The gold paved streets 
 are there, and God is there. The Capitol City 
 of the Universe is being moved bodily from its 
 former location or orbit, to the New Earth. I, 
 John, saw it coming down out of heaven to the 
 
234 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 new earth, is implied. Who for a moment 
 would suppose that God would move the New 
 Jerusalem onto this small earth, that has been 
 almost a hell ever since men have lived on it. 
 We believe that the present location of heaven 
 is the best in all the Universe for situation, until 
 this new earth has been made for God's children, 
 with special view of moving the Capitol to it, as 
 soon as the children of God are ready to occupy 
 it. Listen to what God told Isaiah about it: 
 
 u For, behold, I create new heavens, and a 
 new earth, and the former shall not be remem- 
 bered nor come into mind." Isaiah 65 :17. 
 
 This is a new creation, a better location for 
 the City of God. The saints in that new home 
 will not so much as remember that they ever 
 were on this little marble of a planet, that man 
 can compass in a few months ; that has been cov- 
 ered with human blood. "This earth shall be 
 burned up" 
 
 The Holy City, as it came down, was in all its 
 virgin beauty, as in the day it was made. 
 
 "And I heard a great voice out of heaven 
 saying, Behold the tabernacle of God is with 
 men, and He will dwell with them" Before the 
 judgment men had dwelt with God in heaven, 
 but God had prepared something better, and 
 now moves His Capitol, and Throne, to the 
 better sphere. This new earth far outshines 
 every other planet made. "And they shall be 
 His people, and God himself shall be with them, 
 
THE NEW EARTH 235 
 
 and be their God." God shall wipe away all 
 tears from their eyes, and pain, and sorrow, 
 and crying, and death, will be unknown, for the 
 former things are passed away. "And He said 
 unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, 
 the beginning and the end. I will give unto him 
 that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life 
 freely. He that overcometh shall inherit all 
 things ; and I will be His God and he shall be my 
 son." This is to be the portion of God's sons 
 and daughters. O, to be a Son of God! What 
 a wonderful thing it will be to become a Son of 
 God! 
 
 . This is the City that Abraham looked for, 
 "For he looked for a City which hath founda- 
 tions, whose builder and maker is God." Heb. 
 11 :10. And it is written of the ancient saints, 
 "God hath prepared for them a City." And 
 Paul said, "Here we have no continuing City, 
 but we seek one to come." Heb. 13 :14. And 
 again, "Ye are come unto the City of the living 
 God, the heavenly Jerusalem." Heb. 12:22. 
 "He that overcometh shall inherit all things." 
 The new earth and the new heavens; and the 
 New Jerusalem. 
 
 "But the fearful, and unbelieving, and abom- 
 inable, and murderers, and whore-mongers and 
 sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have 
 their part in the lake which burneth with fire 
 and brimstone: which is the second death." 
 
236 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 The first death is dreadful, but 0! the second 
 death. 
 
 And there came unto me one of the seven 
 angels which had the seven vials full of the 
 seven last plagues, and talked with me, say- 
 ing, Come hither, I will shew thee the 
 bride, the Lamb's wife. And he carried 
 me away in the spirit to a great and high 
 mountain, and shewed me that great city, 
 the holy Jerusalem, descending out of 
 heaven from God, having the glory of 
 God: and her light was like unto a stone 
 most precious, even like a jasper stone, 
 clear as crystal; and had a wall great and 
 high, and had twelve gates, and at the 
 gates twelve angels, and names written 
 thereon, which are the names of the twelve 
 tribes of the children of Israel: On the 
 east three gates ; on the north three gates ; 
 on the south three gates; and on the west 
 three gates. And the wall of the city had 
 twelve foundations, and in them the names 
 of the twelve apostles of the Lamb. Rev. 
 21:9-14. 
 
 One of the seven angels that had the seven 
 last plagues, and had poured them out, went to 
 John, and asked him to go with him, and he 
 would show him the Bride, the Lamb's wife. 
 He carried John away in the spirit to a great 
 and high mountain and showed him that great 
 City, the Holy Jerusalem, descending out of 
 
THE NEW EARTH 237 
 
 heaven from God. What a sight that must have 
 been as it glided out into space with all its bril- 
 liancy and glory. "Having the glory of God." 
 The city itself had the glory of God. Who can 
 imagine? Who can conceive the greatness of 
 that glory? The bride was in that city, being 
 carried in all its gorgeousness to her new home, 
 the New Earth. 
 
 And he that talked with me had a golden 
 reed to measure the city, and the gates 
 thereof, and the wall thereof. And the city 
 lieth four-square, and the length is as large 
 as the breadth: and he measured the city 
 with the reed, twelve thousand furlongs. 
 The length and the breadth and the height 
 of it are equal. And he measured the wall 
 thereof, an hundred and forty and four 
 cubits, according to the measure of a man, 
 that is, of the angel. And the building of 
 the wall of it was of jasper; and the city 
 was pure gold, like unto clear glass. And 
 the foundations of the wall of the city were 
 garnished with all manner of precious 
 stones. The first foundation was jasper; 
 the second sapphire; the third, a chalce- 
 dony; the fourth, an emerald; the fifth, 
 sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, 
 chrysolyte; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, a 
 topaz ; the tenth, a chrysoprasus ; the elev- 
 enth, a jacinth; the twelfth, an amethyst. 
 
238 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 And the twelve gates were twelve pearls; 
 every several gate was of one pearl; and 
 the street of the city was pure gold, as it 
 were transparent glass. Rev. 21:1 5-2 1 . 
 
 Here we have all the beautiful stones and 
 crystals, and gold and pearls, used to give us 
 some small idea of the beauty of the city. But 
 human language and earthly things all fail to 
 show forth its glory. How oft has its glory 
 been told, but what must it be to be there ? 
 
 And I saw no temple therein: for the 
 Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the 
 temple of it. And the city had no need 
 of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in 
 it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and 
 the Lamb is the light thereof. And the 
 nations of them which are saved shall walk 
 in the light of it : and the kings of the earth 
 do bring their glory and honour into it. 
 And the gates of it shall not be shut at all 
 by day: for there shall be no night there. 
 And they shall bring the glory and honour 
 of the nations into it. And there shall in 
 no wise enter into it anything that defileth, 
 neither whatsoever worketh abomination, 
 or maketh a lie : but they which are written 
 in the Lamb's Book of Life. Rev. 
 21:22-27. 
 
 The Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are 
 the temple of it, and they also are the light of it. 
 
THE NEW EARTH 239 
 
 The saved from the different nations shall walk 
 in the light of that city, and the Kings who are 
 saved, bring their glory and honour into it; and 
 the gates are never shut, for there is no night 
 there. And they shall bring the glory and 
 honour of the saved of all nations into it. Only 
 glorious and honourable things will be there. 
 And there shall in no wise enter into it anything 
 that defileth, neither anything that worketh 
 abomination or maketh a lie, but they which are 
 written in the Lamb's Book of Life. 
 
THE HOLY CITY 
 
 ND he shewed me a pure river of water 
 of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of 
 the throne of God and of the Lamb. In 
 the midst of the street of it, and on either 
 side of the river, was there the tree of 
 life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, 
 and yielded her fruit every month : and the 
 leaves of the tree were for the healing of 
 the nations. And there shall be no more 
 curse: but the throne of God and of the 
 Lamb shall be in it; and his servants shall 
 serve him : and they shall see his face ; and 
 his name shall be in their foreheads. And 
 there shall be no night there ; and they need 
 no candle, neither light of the sun ; for the 
 Lord God giveth them light : and they shall 
 reign forever and ever. Rev. 22 :l-5. 
 
 These statements are not to be spiritualized 
 as applying to Christian experiences or attain- 
 ments in this life: they belong to the City of 
 God, and to the New Heaven, and the New 
 Earth in the WORLD TO COME. There will 
 be a pure river of the WATER OF LIFE, clear 
 as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God, 
 
THE HOLY CITY 241 
 
 and of the Lamb. This river flows down the 
 center of a great street, of width appropriate 
 for a such a city, having a population of billions 
 of saints. On either side of this river, and on 
 this street of tremendous width, were trees of 
 life. A river of life, with trees of life, to em- 
 phasize Eternal Life. On the trees twelve va- 
 rieties of fruit; and a new crop every month. No 
 famine there, and no dried, or canned, or stale 
 fruit; and no one will tire of the food. The 
 leaves of the trees fill the whole atmosphere 
 with the ozone of health, keeping the saints 
 from all nations in perpetual health. 
 
 "And there shall be no more curse." Thorns 
 and thistles and weeds, the earth refusing to 
 yield her fruit; caterpillers and locusts, and all 
 the curse that came on this earth because of sin, 
 will be absent from that new home, that holy, 
 happy world to come. The throne of God and 
 of the Lamb shall be in that City, on that New 
 Earth, and His servants shall serve Him with a 
 real, sincere, heart, love service. They shall see 
 His face, and His name shall be in their fore- 
 heads. God himself shall fill that city with the 
 purest holy light, and there the saints shall reign 
 forever and ever. 
 
 And he said unto me, These sayings are 
 faithful and true : and the Lord God of the 
 holy prophets sent his angel to shew unto 
 His servants these things which must short- 
 ly be done. Behold, I come quickly : blessed 
 
242 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 is he that keepeth the sayings of the proph- 
 ecy of this book. Rev. 22 :6-7. 
 These sayings are absolutely true ; God, Him- 
 self, will faithfully perform and bring to pass 
 all things herein revealed. Blessed is the man 
 who believes and consequently keeps the sayings 
 of the prophecy in this book. 
 
 And I, John, saw these things, and heard 
 them. And when I had heard and seen, I 
 fell down to worship before the feet of the 
 angel which shewed me these things. Then 
 saith he unto me, See thou do it not : for I 
 am thy fellow-servant, and of thy brethren 
 the prophets, and of them which keep the 
 sayings of this book: worship God. And 
 he saith unto me, Seal not the sayings of 
 the prophecy of this book: for the time is 
 at hand. He that is unjust, let him be un- 
 just still : and he which is filthy, let him be 
 filthy still : and he that is righteous, let him 
 be righteous still; and he that is holy, let 
 him be holy still. Rev. 22:8-11. 
 
 "I, John, saw these things and heard them." 
 This was not a dream or phantom. "And when 
 I had heard and seen, I fell down to worship ;" 
 to thank God for revealing all these wonderful 
 truths concerning the things which must certain- 
 ly, positively come to pass. And God com- 
 manded John, saying, "Seal not the sayings of 
 the prophecy of this book" To seal them would 
 
THE HOLY CITY 243 
 
 be to write them in such ambiguous language 
 that the reader could not understand them. But 
 he was to write them down plainly, so that all 
 might know the truth. For the time is at hand. 
 "He that is unjust, let him be unjust still ; and he 
 which is filthy, let him be filthy still ; and he that 
 is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he 
 that is holy, let him be holy still." Here is a 
 solemn truth stated. There is a point of time in 
 every man's life when he crosses the Rubicon, 
 and his condition remains unchanged forever ; as 
 unjust, filthy, righteous or holy. This does not 
 look like a second chance or after-death salva- 
 tion. Be warned and turn to God now. 
 
 And, behold, I come quickly ; and my re- 
 ward is with me, to give every man accord- 
 ing as his work shall be. I am Alpha and 
 and the last. Blessed are they that do his 
 Omega, the beginning and the end, the first 
 commandments, that they may have right 
 to the tree of life, and may enter in through 
 the gates into the city. For without are 
 dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, 
 and murderers, and idolaters, and whoso- 
 ever loveth and maketh a life. Rev. 
 22:12-15. 
 
 "I come quickly; and my reward is with me." 
 Have you observed that this book of Revelation 
 commences and ends with this saying? Every- 
 thing between, with the exception of the first 
 five chapters, has direct reference to His coming 
 
244 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 and the things that will transpire after His com- 
 ing. "My reward is with me." The righteous 
 will begin to reap their reward from the time of 
 His coming, on and on forever. He who is the 
 Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, 
 the first and last, the Almighty, has revealed 
 all these things. 
 
 Obedience to God, doing His commandments, 
 is absolutely necessary for admission to the Holy 
 City. "They shall have right to the tree of life, 
 and may enter in through the gates into the 
 City." "Faith without works is dead." But the 
 following classes of persons are excluded from 
 this City, the dogs, human dogs, sorcerers, 
 whoremongers, idolaters, those who love to tell 
 lies all these will have their part in the Lake 
 that burneth with fire. 
 
 I, Jesus, have sent mine angel to testify 
 unto you these things in the churches. I 
 am the root and the offspring of David, 
 and the bright and morning star. And the 
 Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let 
 him that heareth say, Come. And let him 
 that is athirst come. And whosoever will, 
 let him take the water of life freely. Rev. 
 22:16-17. 
 
 Here Jesus Christ declares that he sent an 
 angel to declare all these things to the Churches, 
 that they might know what was to come to pass 
 upon the earth. God, Himself, will not change 
 this program of events that He has given unto 
 
THE HOLY CITY 245 
 
 men. "These words are true and faithful." 
 Rev. 21:5. "I am the Lord, I change not." 
 Mai. 3 :6. He declares that He is the root and 
 the offspring of David, that is, the true Messiah, 
 and the Bright and Morning Star. 
 
 The Holy Spirit says, Come, to every sinner : 
 Come to Christ and receive Eternal Life. And 
 the bride, the holy people, say, Come to Christ 
 and be saved. And God says, Let him that 
 heareth these invitations say to their fellows: 
 Come away from sin to God. And let him that 
 is thirsting for happiness come to Jesus. And 
 whosoever will, all over the earth, let him take 
 the water of life freely, without money and 
 without price, a free gift. 
 
 For I testify unto every man that hear- 
 eth the words of the prophecy of this book, 
 If any man shall add unto these things, God 
 shall add unto him the plagues that are 
 written in this book: and if any man shall 
 take away from the words of the book of 
 this prophecy, God shall take away his part 
 out of the Book of Life, and out of the 
 holy city, and from the things which are 
 written in this book. He which testifieth 
 these things saith, Surely I come quickly, 
 Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus. The 
 grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you 
 all. Amen. Rev. 22:18-21. 
 And now God testifies to every man that 
 heareth the words of the prophecy of this Book 
 
246 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 of Revelation, not to add to, or take from the 
 words of the book of this prophecy, or God 
 shall add to him the plagues herein mentioned, 
 and take away his part out of the Book of Life, 
 and out of the Holy City. All true saints the 
 world over should continually say, u Come, Lord 
 Jesus, come quickly." All who are ready u Love 
 His appearing." 
 
THE LITTLE HORN. 
 
 CONSIDERED the horns, and behold, 
 there came up among them another little 
 horn, before whom there were three 
 of the first horns plucked up by the roots : 
 
 and behold, in this horn were eyes as 
 
 the eyes of a man, and a mouth speaking great 
 things. * * * I beheld then, because of the 
 voice of the great words which the horn spake, 
 I beheld even till the beast was slain, and his 
 body destroyed, and given to the burning 
 flame. * * * I saw in the night visions, 
 and behold, one like the Son of man came 
 with the clouds of heaven, and came to the 
 Ancient of days, and they brought Him near 
 before Him. And there was given Him do- 
 minion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all 
 people, nations, and languages, should serve 
 Him: His dominion is an everlasting dominion 
 which shall not pass away, and His kingdom 
 that shall not be destroyed. * * * And of the 
 ten horns that were in his head, and of the 
 other which came up, and before whom three 
 fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a 
 mouth that spake very great things, whose look 
 was more stout than his fellows. I beheld, and 
 
248 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 the same horn made war with the saints, and 
 prevailed against them; * * and the ten horns 
 out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall 
 arise; and another shall rise after them; and he 
 shall be diverse from the first, and he shall sub- 
 due three kings. And he shall speak great 
 words against the Most High, and shall wear 
 out the saints of the Most High, and think to 
 change times and laws : and they shall be given 
 into his hand until a time and times and the 
 dividing of time. But the judgment shall sit, 
 and they shall take away his dominion, to con- 
 sume and to destroy it to the end. Dan. 7 :8, 
 11, 13-14 and 20-21 and 24-26. 
 
 All these Scriptures refer to the Anti-Christ 
 and his kingdom. 
 
 The ten horns mentioned in the twenty-fourth 
 verse do not refer to the fourth beast or Roman 
 Empire. Neither do they refer to a restored 
 Roman Empire ; but they indicate ten kingdoms 
 that spring out of the fourth beast, or Roman 
 Empire. 
 
 Daniel was very anxious to know about the 
 ten horns that were in the fourth beast's head; 
 "and of the other little horn that came up be- 
 fore whom three of the ten horns fell," or 
 "Were plucked up by the roots." See verses 
 nineteen and twenty. The little horn had eyes, 
 and a mouth that spake very great things ; and 
 this horn was more stout than any of the ten 
 horns. 
 
THE LITTLE HORN 249 
 
 Daniel was enquiring into the meaning of the 
 horns, more than of the Roman beast itself. 
 And he is anxiously considering this little horn 
 that made war with the saints; and prevailed 
 against them; until the Ancient of days came, 
 and the judgment was given to the saints of the 
 Most High; and the time came that the saints 
 possessed the kingdom. Verses twenty-one and 
 twenty-two. 
 
 And Daniel "Went near one of them that 
 stood by, and asked him the truth of all of this. 
 So he told me, and made me know the interpre- 
 tation of the things." Verse sixteen. Thus 
 he said, "The fourth beast shall be the fourth 
 kingdom upon the earth, which shall be diverse 
 from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole 
 earth, and shall tread it down, and break it 
 in pieces. And the ten horns out of this king- 
 dom are ten kings that shall arise : and another 
 shall arise after them; and he shall be diverse 
 from the first, and he shall subdue three kings. 
 And he shall speak great words against the 
 Most High, and he shall wear out the saints 
 of the Most High, and think to change times 
 and laws : and they shall be given into his hand 
 until a time and times and the dividing of time." 
 Verses twenty-three, four and five. 
 
 These ten horns are the present kingdoms of 
 Europe, and Asia, that came out of the Roman 
 Empire. And those kingdoms are the ten toes 
 
250 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 of the great image that Nebuchadnezzer saw 
 in his dream. See Dan. 2 :31-45. 
 
 The little horn with eyes and a mouth, has 
 not yet arisen among the ten kingdoms of Ro- 
 man origin. But it will spring up among them, 
 and shall subdue three kings, or pluck up three 
 horns by the roots. 
 
 This little horn is the Anti-Christ. He is 
 not one of the Kings, but another horn, or king, 
 more stout than any of the ten kings. He comes 
 up as a little horn, and finally becomes the great- 
 est. 
 
 The Lord Jesus will not come, until this little 
 horn makes its appearance. Begins to grow up. 
 This is the man of sin. II Thes. 2 :3-4. 
 
 We find some remarkable statements concern- 
 ing this man of sin, in Dan. 1 1 :36-45. 
 
 And the king shall do according to his 
 will ; and he shall exalt himself, and mag- 
 nify himself above every god, and shall 
 speak marvelous things against the God of 
 gods, and shall prosper till the indignation 
 be accomplished: for that, that is deter- 
 mined, shall be done. 
 
 Neither shall he regard the god of his 
 fathers, nor the desire of women, nor re- 
 gard any god: for he shall magnify him- 
 self above all. 
 
 But in his estate shall he honour the 
 God of forces : and a god whom his fath- 
 ers knew not shall he honour with gold, 
 
THE LITTLE HORN 251 
 
 and silver, and with precious stones, and 
 pleasant things. 
 
 Thus shall he do in the most strongholds 
 with a strange god, whom he shall acknowl- 
 edge and increase with glory; and he shall 
 cause them to rule over many, and shall 
 divide the land for gain. 
 
 And at the time of the end shall the 
 king of the south push at him: and the 
 king of the north shall come against him 
 like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with 
 horsemen, and with many ships; and he 
 shall enter into the countries, and shall 
 overflow and pass over. 
 
 He shall enter also into the glorious 
 land, and many countries shall be over- 
 thrown: but these shall escape out of his 
 hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the 
 chief of the children of Ammon. 
 
 He shall stretch forth his hand also 
 upon the countries : and the land of Egypt 
 shall not escape. 
 
 But he shall have power over the treas- 
 ures of gold and silver, and over all the 
 precious things of Egypt: and the Liby- 
 ans and the Ethiopians shall be at his 
 steps. 
 
 But tidings out of the east and out of 
 the north shall trouble him: therefore he 
 shall go forth with great fury to destroy, 
 and utterly to make away many. 
 
252 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 And he shall plant the tabernacles of 
 his palace between the seas in the glorious 
 holy mountain; yet he shall come to this 
 end, and none shall help him. 
 
 This Anti-Christ is to make his appearance, 
 and rule over a small people, having obtained 
 rulership over a kingdom by flatteries. u And 
 after the league made with him, he shall work 
 deceitfully." Dan. 11:21-23. 
 
ISRAEL TO BECOME A NATION. 
 
 HE Israelites are to again become a Na- 
 tion, having been scattered among the na- 
 tions for two thousand years. 
 This European War has brought about a 
 willingness to let the Jews have their own 
 land; and a National existence. Jerusalem has 
 been wrested from the Turk; and the Jews are 
 aroused as never before, since their dispersion. 
 And they are planning and organizing to take 
 possession of Palestine, as soon as assurances 
 are given then from the present Rulers of Eu- 
 rope, that they may have autonomy. And this 
 may come to pass at any of the Allies' War 
 Councils, as a war measure. Calling all Jews 
 from all parts of the earth, to come to Pales- 
 tine ; and arm themselves to hold their country. 
 The Jews have the men and the money to 
 do this ; and they will do it with a vim that will 
 astonish the world. They will establish a Re- 
 public; and elect a President; and that Presi- 
 dent will be of the tribe of Judah, and perhaps 
 of the House of David; and that President will 
 be the Anti-Christ, coming in by flatteries; and 
 making a covenant with the people for seven 
 years, the full term, or tenure of office for Presi- 
 
254 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 dent; and in the midst of the term of office he 
 will have developed his true character as the 
 man of sin, having actually sat in the newly 
 erected Temple in Jerusalem, and declared him- 
 self to be the only God, or above all gods. He 
 will then cause the daily sacrifices to cease; and 
 will pollute the altar, probably by burning a 
 sow upon it. 
 
 Then the Jews will break their covenant with 
 him; and attempt to depose him. By this time 
 the ten kingdoms, or horns, having by the as- 
 sistance and guiding hand of the Anti-Christ, 
 subdued and plucked up three horns, or king- 
 doms; and having completed a Confederation 
 of ten horns with ten crowns, they will make 
 the President of the Israelitish Republic, King 
 over them all. Having been fully satisfied, see- 
 ing his great wisdom, and ability in organizing 
 and governing the Israelites, together with his 
 superhuman miraculous powers, that there is no 
 other such man on earth. 
 
 The little horn will then "Speak great words 
 against the Most High; and shall wear out the 
 saints of the Most High; and think to change 
 times and laws; and the saints shall be given 
 into his hand until a time and times and the 
 dividing of times. Dan. 7:25. This is just 
 forty-two months, or twelve hundred and sixty 
 days, or three years and a half, in which he 
 will do his awful work of destroying all who 
 will not take his mark, and worship the image 
 
ISRAEL TO BECOME A NATION 255 
 
 he will set up. This is the Great Tribulation. 
 
 The last part of this chapter came to me in 
 the night, during the first part of February, 
 1918; and it has pressed upon me with such 
 persistency that I feel impelled to write it. I 
 am not a prophet; and I know nothing of my- 
 self. The theory herein advanced seems reas- 
 onable; and quite probable. If it proves to be 
 true, the people living at the time of its ful- 
 fillment will know that the Lord gave it to me. 
 And they will have more confidence in this whole 
 book. 
 
 The Jews rejected the Lord Jesus Christ, 
 when He came unto them, in His father's name. 
 And Jesus said unto them, "I am come in my 
 Father's name, and ye receive me not: if an- 
 other shall come in his own name, him ye will 
 receive." John 5:43. The Anti-Christ will 
 come in his own name, and the Jews will receive 
 him as their Messiah. 
 
THE STAR OF BETHLEHEM. 
 
 HIS book was typewritten in December, 
 1917 ; but no money was in sight to pub- 
 lish it, the Author having laid up no 
 treasure on earth to draw from. Having 
 preached the Gospel for fifty years ; and 
 having reached his seventy-seventh birthday, 
 was fasting and praying before God for three 
 days, without eating any food. And the Lord 
 made it known to him that this book was to 
 be, as the Star of Bethlehem was to the wise 
 men from the East, so this book would be to 
 thousands of men and women who will be left 
 behind, when the Lord comes and resurrects the 
 righteous dead; and translates the living saints. 
 This books will help to bring them to Christ, 
 their only hope. 
 
 The Lord also made it clear that we should, 
 under the guidance of the Holy Spirit, write 
 special instruction to the people left on earth 
 who must go through the Great Tribulation, or 
 die as martyrs in it. 
 
 We feel continual sorrow for the preachers, 
 and people who once knew the Lord, and were 
 happy in His love ; but who have accepted the 
 
THE STAR OF BETHLEHEM 257 
 
 Devil's offer made to Jesus Christ. u The Devil 
 taketh Him up into an exceeding high moun- 
 tain, and showeth Him all the kingdoms of the 
 world, and the glory of them; and said unto 
 .Him, All these things will I give thee, if thou 
 wilt fall down and worship me." Matt. 4:8, 9. 
 
 Christ had come to this earth to destroy the 
 works of the Devil, and take possession of it, 
 and reign over it. And save the people by 
 means of His death on the cross. And the 
 Devil showed Him an easier and quicker way, 
 to obtain all earthly good and glory: hoping to 
 blind His eyes to the future eternity of happi- 
 ness, or misery. 
 
 This same temptation comes to every man 
 and woman after they are born of God: as 
 they meet the opposition from the world and 
 the devil; and find that "All that will live godly 
 in Christ Jesus, shall suffer persecution." II 
 Tim. 3:12. Then Satan presents an easier way. 
 He has thousands of ministers, and college 
 professors, busy deceiving young converts, by 
 showing them how to become all things to all 
 men so as to escape the cross of crucifixion to 
 the natural, carnal, fleshly desires for ease, and 
 worldly honour, and wealth. And so, the world 
 is filled, or has in it millions of people who 
 were once God's children, and happy in Him, 
 who have accepted the pleasures, and riches, and 
 honours of a godless world; and have lost all 
 the joys of salvation, and fellowship with the 
 
258 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 Father and His Son Jesus Christ. I John 1 :3. 
 
 These people have a form of godliness; but 
 deny the power of God to save from all sin, 
 and keep one pure in heart, unto the coming of 
 the Lord Jesus Christ. I Thess. 5 :23. Those 
 millions of people are now in their autos, and 
 beautiful homes, rolling in ease, and wealth, 
 or seeking with all their might to do so, not 
 knowing the "Signs of the times" that the Lord 
 has already arisen to u Shake terribly the 
 earth." Isa. 2:19. And to "Destroy them 
 that destroy the earth." Rev. 11 :18. 
 
 Jesus Christ said to the Jews, U O Jerusalem! 
 Jerusalem! which killest the prophets, and 
 stonest them that are sent unto thee; how often 
 would I have gathered thy children together, 
 as a hen doth gather her brood under her wings, 
 and ye would not. Behold your house is left 
 unto you desolate: and verily I say unto you, 
 Ye shall not see me, until the time come when 
 ye shall say, Blessed is He that cometh in the 
 name of the Lord." Luke 13 :34-35. 
 
THE EARTH LYING IN RUINS. 
 
 EAR READER: I heartily sympathize 
 with you in your terrible distress : as the 
 whole world lies in ruins on every side; 
 but your precious life has been spared. 
 No tongue can describe the awfulness 
 of conditions about you. You only see what is 
 next to you, but you see such conditions as never 
 existed before. 
 
 It is not necessary to tell you that there has 
 been an earthquake. You know what has taken 
 place where you are. The whole world is in a 
 similar condition. And all of this is because 
 of sin. 
 
 The long-suffering and merciful God of 
 heaven and earth, who has given men two thou- 
 sand years of warning, and patient wooing, has 
 now commenced to u destroy them that destroy 
 the earth/' that He may raise up a people who 
 will serve Him in spirit and in truth. 
 
 You were at one time, a true child of God, 
 and happy in His service; but you did not go 
 on to perfection. You did not give all diligence 
 to make your calling and election sure. You 
 saw the faults of other people, but would not 
 see, and cry out to God about your own faults. 
 
260 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 You would not forsake all, and be separated 
 unto the Lord. You loved the world more than 
 you loved God. You loved the applause of the 
 world; and failed to seek for the honour that 
 comes from God only. You know what you 
 lived for. And now Christ has returned to the 
 earth, and has raised the righteous dead; and 
 translated the righteous living. They are all 
 gone to be forever with the Lord; and you are 
 left. 
 
 I deeply sympathize with you; and am 
 anxious to show you the only way of escape. It 
 is back to Jesus, the only Saviour. The ever- 
 loving Jesus. He longs for you. He died for 
 you. He bought you with His blood. He tried 
 to get your attention away from your business 
 planning, and worldliness, and make you ready 
 for His return. And even now He is trying to 
 save you, before other coming Judgments fall 
 on you. Repent! Repent! Repent! Let your 
 eyes flow with tears, and your heart break with 
 sorrow, for your rebellion against God. And 
 now quickly fall on your face before Him; and 
 cry out to God for mercy. He will hear you. 
 He wants you to come. Return unto the Lord 
 and He will return to you. He says, Return 
 unto me and I will return unto you. O! the 
 goodness and mercy of God! 
 
 There is nothing but sorrow before you on 
 this earth; and but a little time to stay here. 
 The devil and the Anti-Christ will soon be on 
 
THE EARTH LYING IN RUINS 261 
 
 your track, and will kill you, unless you curse 
 Jesus, and worship the image set up. Pray! 
 Pray! Pray! 
 
 Let Us Reason Together. 
 
 You have probably read this book all 
 through; if not, do so now. Let it be a guid- 
 ing st:ir to bring you back to Jesus, the only 
 Saviour. 
 
 You know that the European war was followed 
 by famine ; and the famine was followed by pes- 
 tilence; and that the wild beasts did their part 
 in killing over a fourth part of the earth. All 
 of this was according to the Scriptures referred 
 to in this book. You know that the world 
 earthquake has come, moving even mountains 
 and islands out of their places; and that the 
 sun became black as sackcloth 'of hair; and the 
 moon became as blood ; and the stars fell from 
 heaven to the earth; and the world is lying in 
 ruins. And you know that multitudes are dead 
 and dying all around you. And if you will make 
 careful enquiry, you will find that every deeply 
 spiritual person is gone. That all the worldly- 
 minded persons, like yourself, are still here, un- 
 less they were killed in the earthquake. But 
 their bodies are with you. Now search, and 
 you cannot find the body of a true saint on the 
 earth. They are all resurrected, and caught up 
 to be forever with the Lord. They are now in 
 heaven with God. All of this has been fore- 
 
262 GALAXY OF COMING EVENTS 
 
 told in this book; but you disregarded it. Now 
 you see that it is all true. 
 
 Now that all the saints are gone, terrible 
 judgments will fall upon the wicked, rebellious 
 people that remain; and you will go down with 
 them, unless you quickly repent, and obtain 
 mercy; even then you will probably die as a 
 martyr, at the hands of the wicked. There is 
 no time for delay. Hurry! Hurry! Hurry! 
 
 The next thing before you is a world fire, 
 in which one-third of the world will be burned 
 up ; and one-third of the trees, and all growing 
 crops. This will bring a dreadful famine; and 
 tremendous loss of life everywhere. And the 
 next judgment will turn one-third part of the 
 sea into blood; and every living thing in that 
 part of the sea will die ; and all ships and crews 
 in that part of the sea will be destroyed. Now 
 the third judgment comes quickly, turning one- 
 third of all fresh water into wormwood, so 
 that many who drink of the waters will die. If 
 you are not convinced that I am telling you the 
 truth: when these judgments fall on the earth, 
 they will convince you. Study carefully what 
 judgment is to come next; and when it comes, 
 you will know that God is not dead, or slack 
 concerning the fulfillment of the Scriptures. 
 Every word will come to pass. All prophecy 
 will be fulfilled. 
 
 Read this book through very carefully, and 
 note what God has revealed. "The things that 
 
THE EARTH LYING IN RUINS 263 
 
 must come to pass." And they will come to pass 
 just as declared in the Scriptures. 
 
 From the enthronement of the Anti-Christ, 
 to the destruction of the Anti-Christ, and his 
 followers, will be forty-two months, or three 
 and a half years. So you have but a short time 
 to live on this earth. And remember, if you 
 take the mark of the beast, so as to get bread, 
 or for any other cause, you will doom yourself 
 to eternal torments. Read carefully Rev. 
 14:9-11. "If any man worship the beast and 
 his image, and receive his mark in his fore- 
 head or in his hand, the same shall drink of the 
 wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out 
 without mixture into the cup of his indignation ; 
 and he shall be tormented with fire and brim- 
 stone in the presence of the holy angels, and in 
 the presence of the Lamb: and the smoke of 
 their torment ascendeth up forever and ever: 
 and they have no rest day nor night, who wor- 
 ship the beast and his image, and whosoever re- 
 ceiveth the mark of his name." 
 
 FINIS 
 
Jesus is Coming Soon 
 
 Dear Friend: Spread the news. Tell ft 
 far and wide. You have probably read this 
 book through, if not, read it. You are, or 
 ought to be deeply impressed concerning the 
 days in which we live: and the awful things 
 that are coming upon the earth. Should you 
 not bestir yourself and spread the news? Your 
 relatives and neighbors must not be left in 
 darkness concerning the awful tribulation just 
 before us. And the coming of the Lord Jesus 
 Christ. 
 
 Are you willing to put five, ten, or twenty 
 dollars into these books, and circulate them 
 among your friends. And keep them going, 
 until the whole town knows about those things 
 that Christ died to bring to our ears? 
 
 The Antichrist will soon have all the prop- 
 erty you own. Spend some of it now for the 
 salvation of men while you can. How many 
 books can you use? Write for wholesale 
 rates. 
 
 We want hundreds of Agents in every State 
 in the Union. 
 
 WILLIAM FRANCIS MANLEY, 
 
 1616 New Jersey St. 
 
 Los Angeles, California. 
 

VB 13057 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY